# Modified Newtonian Dynamics (MOND): Observational Phenomenology and Relativistic Extensions

- First Online:

- Accepted:

- 206 Citations
- 1.1k Downloads

## Abstract

A wealth of astronomical data indicate the presence of mass discrepancies in the Universe. The motions observed in a variety of classes of extragalactic systems exceed what can be explained by the mass visible in stars and gas. Either (i) there is a vast amount of unseen mass in some novel form — dark matter — or (ii) the data indicate a breakdown of our understanding of dynamics on the relevant scales, or (iii) both. Here, we first review a few outstanding challenges for the dark matter interpretation of mass discrepancies in galaxies, purely based on observations and independently of any alternative theoretical framework. We then show that many of these puzzling observations are predicted by one single relation — Milgrom’s law — involving an acceleration constant *a*_{0} (or a characteristic surface density Σ_{†} = *a*_{0}/*G*) on the order of the square-root of the cosmological constant in natural units. This relation can at present most easily be interpreted as the effect of a single universal force law resulting from a modification of Newtonian dynamics (MOND) on galactic scales. We exhaustively review the current observational successes and problems of this alternative paradigm at all astrophysical scales, and summarize the various theoretical attempts (TeVeS, GEA, BIMOND, and others) made to effectively embed this modification of Newtonian dynamics within a relativistic theory of gravity.

## 1 Introduction

Two of the most tantalizing mysteries of modern astrophysics are known as the *dark matter* and *dark energy* problems. These problems come from the discrepancies between, on one side, the observations of galactic and extragalactic systems (as well as the observable Universe itself in the case of dark energy) by astronomical means, and on the other side, the predictions of general relativity from the observed amount of matter-energy in these systems. In short, what astronomical observations are telling us is that the dynamics of galactic and extragalactic systems, as well as the expansion of the Universe itself, do not correspond to the observed mass-energy as they should if our understanding of gravity is complete. Thus, this indicates *either* (i) the presence of unseen (and yet unknown) mass-energy, *or* (ii) a failure of our theory of gravity, *or* (iii) both.

The third case is a priori the most plausible, as there are good reasons for there being more particles than those of the standard model of particle physics [257] (actually, even in the case of baryons, we suspect that a lot of them have not yet been seen and, thus, literally make up *unseen mass*, in the form of “missing baryons”), and as there is a priori no reason that general relativity should be valid over a wide range of scales, where it has never been tested [45], and where the need for a dark sector actually prevents the theory from being tested until this sector has been detected by other means than gravity itself^{1}. However, either of the first two cases could be the *dominant* explanation of the discrepancies in a given class of astronomical systems (or even in all astronomical systems), and this *is* actually testable.

For instance, as far as (ii) is concerned, if the mass discrepancies in a class of systems are mostly caused by some subtle change in gravitational physics, then there should be a clear signature of a single, universal force law at work in this whole class of systems. If instead there is a distinct dark matter component in these, the kinematics of any given system should then depend on the particular distribution of both dark and luminous mass. This distribution would vary from system to system, depending on their environment and past history of formation, and should, in principle, not result in anything like an apparent universal force law^{2}.

Over the years, there have been a large variety of such attempts to alter the theory of gravity in order to remove the need for dark matter and/or dark energy. In the case of dark energy, there is some wiggle room, but in the case of dark matter, most of these alternative gravity attempts fail very quickly, and for a simple reason: once a force law is specified, it must fit all relevant kinematic data in a given class of systems, with the mass distribution specified by the visible matter only. This is a tall order with essentially zero wiggle room: at most one particular force law can work. However, among all these attempts, there is one survivor: the *Modified Newtonian Dynamics* (MOND) hypothesized by Milgrom almost 30 years ago [294, 295, 293] seems to come close to satisfying the criterion of a universal force law in a whole class of systems, namely *galaxies*. This success implies a unique relationship between the distribution of baryons and the gravitational field in galaxies and is extremely hard to understand within the present dominant paradigm of the concordance cosmological model, hypothesizing that general relativity is correct on every relevant scale in cosmology including galactic scales, and that the dark sector in galaxies is made of non-baryonic dissipationless and collisionless particles. Even if such particles are detected directly in the near to far future, the success of MOND on galaxy scales as a phenomenological law, as well as the associated appearance of a universal critical acceleration constant *a*_{0} ≃ 10^{−10} m s^{−2} in various, seemingly unrelated, aspects of galaxy dynamics, will still have to be explained and understood by *any* successful model of galaxy formation and evolution. Previous reviews of various aspects of MOND, at an observational and theoretical level, can be found in [34, 81, 100, 151, 279, 311, 318, 401, 407, 429]. A website dedicated to this topic is also maintained, with all the relevant literature as well as introductory level articles [263] (see also [238]).

Here, we first review the basics of the dark matter problem (Section 2) as well as the basic ingredients of the present-day concordance model of cosmology (Section 3). We then point out a few outstanding challenges for this model (Section 4), both from the point of view of unobserved predictions of the model, and from the point of view of unpredicted observations (all uncannily involving a common acceleration constant *a*_{0}). Up to that point, the challenges presented are purely based on observations, and are fully independent of any alternative theoretical framework^{3}. We then show that, surprisingly, many of these puzzling observations can be summarized within one single empirical law, Milgrom’s law (Section 5), which can be most easily (although not necessarily uniquely) interpreted as the effect of a single universal force law resulting from a modification of Newtonian dynamics (MOND) in the weak-acceleration regime *a* < *a*_{0}, for which we present the current observational successes and problems (Section 6). We then summarize the various attempts currently made to embed this modification in a generally-covariant relativistic theory of gravity (Section 7) and how such theories allow new predictions on gravitational lensing (Section 8) and cosmology (Section 9). We finally draw conclusions in Section 10.

## 2 The Missing Mass Problem in a Nutshell

The data leave no doubt that when the law of gravity as currently known is applied to extragalactic systems, it fails if only the observed stars and gas are included as sources in the stress-energy tensor. This leads to a stark choice: either the Universe is pervaded by some unseen form of mass — dark matter — or the dynamical laws that lead to this inference require revision. Though the mass discrepancy problem is now well established [394, 465], such a dramatic assertion warrants a brief review of the evidence.

Historically, the first indications of the modern missing mass problem came in the 1930s shortly after galaxies were recognized to be extragalactic in nature. Oort [342] noted that the sum of the observed stars in the vicinity of the sun fell short of explaining the vertical motions of stars in the disk of the Milky Way. The luminous matter did not provide a sufficient restoring force for the observed stellar vertical oscillations. This became known as the Oort discrepancy. Around the same time, Zwicky [518] reported that the velocity dispersion of galaxies in clusters of galaxies was far too high for these objects to remain bound for a substantial fraction of cosmic time. The Oort discrepancy was approximately a factor of two in amplitude, and confined to the Galactic disk — it required local dark matter, not necessarily the quasi-spherical halo we now envision. It was long considered a serious problem, but has now largely (though perhaps not fully) gone away [194, 240]. The discrepancy Zwicky reported was less subtle, as the required dark mass outweighed the visible stars by a factor of at least 100. This result was apparently not taken seriously at the time.

One of the first indications of the need for dark matter in modern times came from the stability of galactic disks. Stars in spiral galaxies like the Milky Way are predominantly on approximately circular orbits, with relatively few on highly eccentric orbits [132]. The small velocity dispersion of stars relative to their circular velocities makes galactic disks dynamically cold. Early simulations [343] revealed that cold, self-gravitating disks were subject to severe instabilities. In order to prevent the rapid, self-destructive growth of these instabilities, and hence preserve the existence of spiral galaxies over a sizable fraction of a Hubble time, it was found to be necessary to embed the disk in a quasi-spherical potential well — a role that could be played by a halo of dark matter, as first proposed in 1973 by Ostriker & Peebles [343].

Perhaps the most persuasive piece of evidence was then provided, notably through the seminal works of Bosma and Rubin, by establishing that the rotation curves of spiral galaxies are approximately flat [67, 370]. A system obeying Newton’s law of gravity should have a rotation curve that, like the Solar system, declines in a Keplerian manner once the bulk of the mass is enclosed: *V*_{c} ∝ *r*^{−1/2}. Instead, observations indicated that spiral galaxy rotation curves tended to remain approximately flat with increasing radius: *V*_{c} ∼ constant. This was shown to happen over and over and over again [370] with the approximate flatness of the rotation curve persisting to the largest radii observable [67], well beyond where the details of each galaxy’s mass distribution mattered, so that Keplerian behavior *should* have been observed. Again, a quasi-spherical halo of dark matter as proposed by Ostriker and Peebles was implicated.

Other types of galaxies exhibit mass discrepancies as well. Perhaps most notable are the dwarf spheroidal galaxies that are satellites of the Milky Way [427, 477] and of Andromeda [217]. These satellites are tiny by galaxy standards, possessing only millions, or in the case of the *ultrafaint dwarfs*, thousands, of individual stars. They are close enough that the line-of-sight velocities of individual stars can be measured, providing for a precise measurement of the system’s velocity dispersion. The mass inferred from these motions (roughly, *M* ∼ *rσ*^{2}/*G*) greatly exceeds the mass visible in luminous stars. Indeed, these dim satellite galaxies exhibit some of the largest mass discrepancies observed. In contrast, bright giant elliptical galaxies (often composed of much more than the ∼ 10^{11} stars of the Milky Way) exhibit remarkably modest and hard to detect mass discrepancies [367]. Thus, it is inferred that fainter galaxies are progressively more dark-matter dominated than bright ones. However, as we shall expand on in Section 4.3, the primary correlation is not with luminosity, but with surface brightness: the lower the surface brightness of a system, the larger its mass discrepancy [279].

On larger scales, groups and clusters of galaxies also show mass discrepancies, just as individual galaxies do. One of the earliest lines of evidence comes from the “timing argument” in the Local Group [213]. Presumably the material that was to become the Milky Way and Andromeda (M31) was initially expanding apart with the general Hubble expansion. Currently they are approaching one another at ∼ 100 km s^{−1}. In order for the Milky Way and M31 to have overcome the initial expansion and fallen back towards one another, there must be a greater-than-average gravitating mass between the two. To arrive at their present separation with the observed blueshifted line of sight velocity after a Hubble time requires a dynamical mass-to-light ratio *M*/*L* > 80. This greatly exceeds the mass-to-light ratio of the stars themselves, which is of order unity in Solar units [42] (the Sun is a fairly average star, so averaged over many stars each Solar mass produces roughly one Solar luminosity).

Rich clusters of galaxies are rare structures containing dozens or even hundreds of bright galaxies. These objects exhibit mass discrepancies in several distinct ways. Measurements of the redshifts of individual cluster members give velocity dispersions in the vicinity of 1,000 km s^{−1} typically implying dynamical mass-to-light ratios in excess of 100 [24]. The actual mass discrepancy is not this large, as most of the detected baryonic mass in clusters is in a diffuse intracluster gas rather than in the stars in the galaxies (something Zwicky was not aware of back in 1933). This gas is heated to the virial temperature and emits X-rays. Mapping the temperature and emission of this X-ray gas provides another probe of the cluster mass through the equation of hydrostatic equilibrium. In order to hold the gas in the clusters at the observed temperatures, the dark matter must outweigh the gas by a factor of ∼ 8 [175]. Furthermore, some clusters are observed to gravitationally lens background galaxies (Figure 1). Once again, mass above and beyond that observed is required to explain this phenomenon [227]. Thus, three independent methods all imply the need for about the same amount of dark matter in clusters of galaxies.

In addition to the abundant evidence for mass discrepancies in the dynamics of extragalactic systems, there are also strong motivations for dark matter in cosmology. Two observations are particularly important: (i) the small baryonic mass density Ω_{b} inferred from Big-Bang nucleosynthesis (BBN) (and from the measured Hubble parameter), and (ii) the growth of large scale structure by a factor of ∼ 10^{5} from the surface of last scattering of the cosmic microwave background at redshift *z* ∼ 1000 until present-day *z* = 0, implying Ω_{m} > Ω_{b}. Together, these observations imply not only the need for dark matter, but for some exotic new form of non-baryonic cold dark matter. Indeed, observational estimates of the gravitating mass density of the Universe Ω_{m}, measured, for instance, from peculiar galaxy (or large-scale) velocity fields, have, for several decades, persistently returned values in the range 1/4 < Ω_{m} < 1/3 [116]. While shy of the value needed for a flat Universe, this mass density is well in excess of the baryon density inferred from BBN. The observed abundances of the light isotopes deuterium, helium, and lithium are consistent with having been produced in the first few minutes after the Big Bang if the baryon density is just a few percent of the critical value: Ω_{b} < 0.05 [480, 107]. Thus, Ω_{m} > Ω_{b}. Consequently, we do not just need dark matter, we need the dark matter to be non-baryonic.

Another early Universe constraint is provided by the Cosmic Microwave Background (CMB). The small (microKelvin) amplitude of the temperature fluctuations at the time of baryon-photon decoupling (*z* ∼ 1000) indicates that the Universe was initially very homogeneous, roughly to one part in 10^{5}. The Universe today (*z* = 0) is very inhomogeneous, at least on “small” scales of less than ∼ 100 Mpc (∼ 3 × 10^{8} ly), with huge density contrasts between planets, stars, galaxies, clusters, and empty intergalactic space. The only attractive long-range force acting on the entire Universe, that can make such structures, is gravity. In a rich-get-richer while the poor-get-poorer process, the small initial over-densities attract more mass and grow into structures like galaxies while under-dense regions become less dense, leading to voids. The catch is that gravity is rather weak, so this process takes a long time. If the baryon density from BBN is all we have to work with, we can only obtain a growth factor of ∼ 10^{2} in a Hubble time [424], orders of magnitude short of the observed 10^{5}. The solution is to boost the growth rate with extra invisible mass displaying larger density fluctuations: dark matter. In order not to make the same mark on the CMB that baryons would, this dark matter must not interact with the photons. So, in effect, the density fluctuations in the dark matter can already be very large at the epoch of baryon-photon decoupling, especially if the dark matter is cold (i.e., with effectively zero Jeans length). The baryons fall into the already deep dark matter potential wells only after that, once released from their electromagnetic link to the photon bath. Before decoupling, the fluctuations in the baryon-photon fluid did not grow but were oscillating in the form of acoustic waves, maintaining the same amplitude as when they entered the horizon; actually they were even slightly diffusion-damped. In principle, at baryon-photon decoupling, CMB fluctuations on smaller angular scales, having entered the horizon earlier, would have been damped with respect to those on larger scales (Silk damping). Nevertheless, the presence of decoupled non-baryonic dark matter would provide a net forcing term countering the damping of the oscillations at recombination, meaning that the second and third acoustic peaks of the CMB could then be of equal amplitude rather than exhibiting a damping tail. The actual observation of a high third-peak in the CMB angular power spectrum is another piece of compelling evidence for non-baryonic dark matter (see, e.g., [229]). Both BBN and the CMB thus drive us to consider a form of mass that is non-baryonic and which does not interact electromagnetically. Moreover, in order to form structure (see Section 3.2), the mass must be dynamically cold (i.e., moving much slower than the speed of light when it decouples from the photon bath), and is known as *cold dark matter* (CDM).

Now, in addition to CDM, modern cosmology also requires something even more mysterious, dubbed *dark energy*. The fact that the baryon fraction in clusters of galaxies was such that Ω_{m} was implied to be much smaller than 1 — the value needed for a flat Euclidean Universe favored by inflationary models —, as well as tensions between the measured Hubble parameter and independent estimates of the age of the Universe, led Ostriker & Steinhardt [344] to propose in 1995 a “concordance model of cosmology” or ΛCDM model, where a cosmological constant Λ — supposed to represent vacuum energy or *dark energy* — provided the major contribution to the Universe’s energy density. Three years later, the observations of SNIa [351, 365] indicating late-time acceleration of the Universe’s expansion, led most people to accept this model. This concordance model has since been refined and calibrated through subsequent large-scale observations of the CMB and of the matter power spectrum, to lead to the favored cosmological model prevailing today (see Section 3). However, as we shall see, curious coincidences of scales between the dark matter and dark energy sectors (see Section 4.1) have prompted the question of whether these two sectors are really physically independent, and the existence of dark energy itself has led to a renewed interest in modified gravity theories as a possible alternative to this exotic fluid [100].

## 3 A Brief Overview of the ΛCDM Cosmological Model

General relativity provides a clear and compelling cosmology, the Friedmann-Lemaître-Robertson-Walker (FLRW) model. The expansion of the Universe discovered by Hubble and Slipher found a natural explanation^{4} in this context. The picture of a hot Big-Bang cosmology that emerged from this model famously predicted the existence of the 3 degree CMB and the abundances of the light isotopes via BBN.

Within the FLRW framework, we are inexorably driven to infer the existence of both non-baryonic cold dark matter and a non-zero cosmological constant as discussed in Section 2. The resulting concordance ΛCDM model — first proposed in 1995 by Ostriker and Steinhardt [344] — is encouraged by a wealth of observations: the consistency of the Hubble parameter with the ages of the oldest stars [344], the consistency between the dynamical mass density of the Universe, that of baryons from BBN (see also discussion in Section 9.2), and the baryon fraction of clusters [486], as well as the power spectrum of density perturbations [103, 452]. A prediction of the concordance model is that the expansion rate of the Universe should be accelerating; this was confirmed by observations of high redshift Type Ia supernovae [351, 365]. Another successful prediction was the scale of the baryonic acoustic oscillation [134]. Perhaps the most emphatic support for ACDM comes from fits to the acoustic power spectrum of temperature fluctuations in the CMB [229].

For a brief review of the basics and successes of the concordance cosmological model we refer the reader to, e.g., [87, 349] and all references therein. We note that, while most of the cosmological probes in the above list are not uniquely fit by the ΛCDM model on their own, when they are taken together they provide a remarkably tight set of constraints. The success of this now favoured cosmological model on large scales is, thus, remarkable indeed, as there was a priori no reason that such a parameterized cosmology could explain all these completely independent data sets with such outstanding consistency.

In this model, the Hubble constant is *H*_{0} = 70 km s^{−1} Mpc^{−1} (i.e., *h* = 0.7), the amplitude of density fluctuations within a top-hat sphere of 8*h*^{−1} Mpc is *σ*_{8} = 0.8, the optical depth to reionization is *τ* = 0.08, the spectral index measuring how fluctuations change with scale is *n*_{s} =0. 97, and the price we pay for the outstanding success of the model is new physics in the form of a dark sector. This dark sector is making up 95% of the mass-energy content of the Universe in ΛCDM: it is composed separately of a *dark energy sector* and a *cold dark matter sector*, which we briefly describe below.

### 3.1 Dark Energy (Λ)

In ΛCDM, dark energy is a non-vanishing vacuum energy represented by the cosmological constant Λ in the field equations of general relativity. Einstein’s cosmological constant is equivalent to vacuum energy with equation of state *p*/*ρ* = *w* = −1. In principle, the equation of state could be merely close to, but not exactly *w* = −1. In this case, the dark energy could evolve and clump, depending on the value of *w* and its evolution *ẇ*. However, to date, there is no compelling observational reason to require any form of dark energy more complex than the simple cosmological constant introduced by Einstein.

The various observational datasets discussed above constrain the ratio of the dark energy density to the critical density to be \({\Omega _\Lambda} = \Lambda/3H_0^2 = 0.73\) where *H*_{0} is Hubble’s constant and ι is expressed in *s*^{−2}. This value, together with the matter density Ω_{m} (see below), leads to a total Ω = Ω_{ι}+Ω_{m} = 1, i.e., a spatially-flat Euclidean geometry in the Robertson-Walker sense that is nicely consistent with the expectations of inflation. It is important to stress that this model relies on the cosmological principle, i.e., that our observational location in the Universe is not special, and on the fact that on large scales, the Universe is isotropic and homogeneous. For possible challenges to these assumptions and their consequences, we refer the reader to, e.g., [83, 487, 488].

### 3.2 Cold Dark Matter (CDM)

In ΛCDM, dark matter is assumed to be made of non-baryonic dissipationless massive particles [48], the “cold dark matter” (CDM). This dark matter outweighs the baryons that participate in BBN by about 5:1. The density of baryons from the CMB is Ω_{b} = 0.046, grossly consistent with BBN [229]. This is a small fraction of the critical density; with the non-baryonic dark matter the total matter density is Ω_{m} = Ωcdm + Ω_{b} = 0.27.

The “cold” in cold dark matter means that CDM moves slowly so that it is non-relativistic when it decouples from photons. This allows it to condense and begin to form structure, while the baryons are still electromagnetically coupled to the photon fluid. After recombination, when protons and electrons first combine to form neutral atoms so that the cross-section for interaction with the photon bath suddenly drops, the baryons can fall into the potential wells already established by the dark matter, leading to a hierarchical scenario of structure formation with the repeated merger of smaller CDM clumps to form ever larger clumps.

Particle candidates for the CDM must be massive, non-baryonic, and immune to electromagnetic interactions. The currently preferred CDM candidates are Weakly Interacting Massive Particles (WIMPs, [46, 47, 48]) that condensed from the thermal bath of the early Universe. These should have masses on the order of about 100 GeV so that (i) the free-streaming length is small enough to create small-scale structures as observed (e.g., dwarf galaxies), and (ii) that thermal relics with cross-sections typical for weak nuclear reactions account for the right amount of matter density Ω_{m} (see, e.g., Eq. 28 of [48]). This last point is known as the WIMP miracle^{5}.

For lighter particle candidates (e.g., ordinary neutrinos or light sterile neutrinos), the damping scale becomes too large. For instance, a hot dark matter (HDM) particle candidate with mass of a few to 15 eV would have a free-streaming length of about ∼ 100 Mpc, leading to too little power at the small-scale end of the matter power spectrum. The existence of galaxies at redshift *z* ∼ 6 implies that the coherence length should have been smaller than 100 kpc or so, meaning that even warm dark matter (WDM) particles with masses between 1 and 10 keV are close to being ruled out as well (see, e.g., [348]). Thus, ΛCDM presently remains the state-of-the-art in cosmology, although some of the challenges listed in Section 4 are leading to a slow drift of the standard concordance model from CDM to WDM [252], but this drift brings along its own problems, and fails to address most of the current observational challenges summarized in the following Section 4, which might perhaps point to a more radical alternative to the model.

## 4 Some Challenges for the ΛCDM Model

The great concordance of independent cosmological observables from Gpc to Mpc scales lends a certain air of inevitability to the ΛCDM model. If we accept these observables as sufficient to prove the model, then any discrepancy appears as trivia that will inevitably be explained away. If instead we require a higher standard, such as positive laboratory evidence for the dark sectors, then ΛCDM appears as a yet unproven hypothesis that relies heavily on two potentially fictitious invisible entities. Thus, an important test of ΛCDM as a scientific hypothesis is the existence of dark matter. By this we mean not just unseen mass, but specifically CDM: some novel form of particle with the right microscopic properties and correct cosmic mass density. Searches for WIMPs are now rather mature and not particularly encouraging. Direct detection experiments have as yet no positive detections, and have now excluded [19] the bulk of the parameter space (interaction cross-section and particle mass) where WIMPs were expected to reside. Indirect detection through the observation of *γ*-rays produced by the self-annihilation^{6} of WIMPs in the galactic halo and in nearby satellite galaxies have similarly returned null results [6, 84, 172] at interestingly restrictive levels. For the most-plausible minimally-supersymmetric models, particle colliders should already have produced evidence for WIMPs [2, 1, 23]. The right model need not be minimal. It is always possible to construct a more complicated model that manages to evade all experimental constraints. Indeed, it is readily possible to imagine dark matter candidates that do not interact at all with the rest of the Universe except through gravity. Though logically possible, such dark matter candidates are profoundly unsatisfactory in that they could not be detected in the laboratory: their hypothesized existence could neither be confirmed nor falsified.

Apart from this current non-detection of CDM candidates, there also exists prominent observational challenges for the ΛCDM model, which might point towards the necessity of an alternative model (or, at the very least, an improved one). These challenges are that (i) some of the parameters of the model appear fine-tuned (Section 4.1), and that (ii) as far as galaxy formation and evolution are concerned (mainly processes happening on kpc scales so that the predictions are more difficult to make because the baryon physics should play a more prominent role), many predictions that have been made were not successful (Section 4.2); (iii) what is more, a number of observations on these galactic scales do exhibit regularities that are fully unexpected in any CDM context without a substantial amount of fine-tuning in terms of baryon feedback (Section 4.3).

### 4.1 Coincidences

What is generally considered as the biggest problem for the ΛCDM model is that it requires a large and still unexplained fine-tuning to reduce by 120 orders of magnitude the theoretical expectation of the vacuum energy to yield the observed cosmological-constant value, and, even more importantly, that it faces a coincidence problem to explain why the dark energy density Ω_{Λ} is precisely of the same order of magnitude as the other cosmological components *today*^{7}. This uncanny coincidence is generally seen as evidence for some yet-to-be-discovered underlying cosmological mechanism ruling the evolution of dark energy (such as quintessence or generalized additional fluid components, see, e.g., [106]). But it could also indicate that the effect attributed to dark energy is rather due to a breakdown of general relativity (GR) on the largest scales [158].

*a*

_{0}— in the behavior of the dark matter sector, a scale with units of acceleration. This acceleration scale appears in various seemingly unrelated galactic scaling relations, mostly unpredicted by the ΛCDM model (see Section 4.3). The value of this scale is

*a*

_{0}≃ 10

^{−10}m s

^{−2}, which yields in natural units

^{8},

*a*

_{0}∼

*H*

_{0}(or, more precisely,

*a*

_{0}≈

*cH*

_{0}/2π). It is perhaps even more meaningful [51, 298, 304] to note that, in these same units:

^{9}. Whether these numerical coincidences are physically relevant or just true (insignificant) coincidences remains an open question, closely related to the nature of the dark sector, which we are going to elaborate on in Sections 5–10. But, at this stage, it is in any case striking that the dark matter and dark energy sectors do have such a

*common scale*. This coincidence of scales, together with the coincidence of energy densities at redshift zero, might perhaps be a strong indication that one should cease to consider dark energy as an additional component physically independent from the dark matter sector [7], and/or cease to consider that GR correctly describes gravity on the largest scales and in extremely weak gravitational fields, in order to perhaps address the two above coincidence problems at the same time.

Finally, let us note that the existence of the *a*_{0}-scale is actually not the only dark-matter-related coincidence, as there is also, in principle, absolutely no reason why the mechanism leading to the baryon asymmetry (between baryonic matter and antimatter) would simultaneously leave both the baryon and dark matter densities with a similar order of magnitude (Ω_{dm}/Ω_{b} = 5). If the effects we attribute to dark matter are actually also due to a breakdown of GR on cosmological scales, then such a coincidence might perhaps appear more natural as the baryons would then be the actual source of the effect attributed to the dark matter sector.

### 4.2 Unobserved predictions

- 1.
**The bulk flow challenge**. Peculiar velocities of galaxy clusters are predicted to be on the order of 200 km/s in the ΛCDM model. These can actually be measured by studying the fluctuations in the CMB generated by the scattering of the CMB photons by the hot X-ray-emitting gas inside clusters (the kinematic SZ effect). This yields an observed coherent bulk flow of order 1000 km/s (5 times more than predicted) on scales out to at least 400 Mpc [221]. This bulk flow challenge appears not only in SZ studies but also in galaxy studies [483]. A related problem is the collision velocity larger than 3100 km/s for the merging bullet cluster 1E0657-56 at*z*= 0.3, much too high to be accounted for by ΛCDM [249, 455]. These observations would seem to indicate that the attractive force between DM particles is enhanced compared to what ΛCDM predicts, and changing CDM into WDM would not solve the problem. - 2.
**The high**-*z***clusters challenge**. Observation of even a single massive cluster at high redshift can falsify ΛCDM [331]. In this respect the existence of the galaxy cluster XMMU J2235.3-2557 [368] with a mass of of ∼ 4 × 10^{14}M_{⊙}at*z*= 1.4, even though not sufficient to rule out the model, is very surprising and could indicate that structure formation is actually taking place earlier and faster than in ΛCDM (see also [420] on the Shapley supercluster and the Sloan Great Wall). - 3.
**The Local Void challenge**. The Local Volume is composed of 562 known galaxies at distances smaller than 8 Mpc from the center of the Local Group, and the region known as the “Local Void” hosts only 3 of them. This is much less than the expected ∼ 20 for a typical similar void in ΛCDM [350]. What is more, in the Local Volume, large luminous galaxies are over-represented by a factor of 6 in the underdense regions, exactly opposite to what is expected from ΛCDM. This could mean that the Local Volume is just a statistical anomaly, but it could also point, in line with the two previous challenges, towards more rapid structure formation, allowing sparse regions to more quickly form large galaxies cleaning their environment, making the galaxies larger and the voids emptier at early times [350]. - 4.
**The missing satellites challenge**. It has long been known that the model predicts an overabundance of dark subhalos orbiting Milky-Way-sized galaxies compared to the observed number of satellite galaxies around the Milky Way [329]. This is a different problem from the above-predicted overabundance of small galaxies in voids. It has subsequently been suggested that stellar feedback and heating processes limit baryonic growth, that re-ionisation prevents low-mass dark halos from forming stars, and that tidal forces from the host halo limit growth of the dark-matter sub-halos and lead to their truncation. This important theoretical effort has led recent semi-analytic models to predict a reduced number of ∼ 100 to 600 faint satellites rather than the original thousands. Moreover, during the past 15 years 13 “new” and mostly ultra-faint satellite galaxies have been found in addition to the 11 previously-known classical bright ones. Since these new galaxies have been largely discovered with the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS), and since this survey covered only one fifth of the sky, it has been argued that the problem was solved. However, there are actually still missing satellites on the low mass and high mass end of the mass function predicted by “ΛCDM+re-inoisation” semi-analytic models. This is best illustrated on Figure 2 of [239] showing the cumulative distribution for the predicted and observationally-derived masses within the central 300 pc of Milky Way satellites. A lot of low-mass satellites are still missing, and the most massive predicted subhaloes are also incompatible with hosting any of the known Milky Way satellites [73, 75, 74]. This is the modern version of the missing satellites challenge. An obvious but rather discomforting way-out would be to simply state that the Milky Way must be a statistical outlier, but this is contradicted by the study of [447] on the abundance of bright satellites around Milky Way-like galaxies in SDSS. Another solution would be to change from CDM to WDM [252] (it is actually one of the only listed challenges that such a change would probably immediately solve). - 5.
**The satellites phase-space correlation challenge**. In addition to the above challenge, the distribution of dark subhalos around the Galaxy is also predicted by ΛCDM to be isotropic, or quasi-isotropic. However, the Milky Way satellites are currently observed to be correlated in phase-space: they lie within a seemingly rotation-supported disk [239]. Young halo globular clusters define the same disk, and streams of stars and gas, tracing the orbits of the objects from which they are stripped, preferentially lie in this disk, too [347]. Since SDSS covered only one fifth of the sky, it will be interesting to see whether future surveys such as Pan-Starrs will confirm this state of affairs. Whether or not this phase-space correlation would be unique to the Milky Way should also be carefully checked, the evidence in M31 being currently much less convincing, with a richer and more complex satellite population [289]. But in any case, the current distribution of satellites around the Milky Way is statistically incompatible with the predictions of ΛCDM at a very high level of confidence, even when taking into account the observational bias from SDSS [239]. While this might perhaps have been explained by the infall of a small group of galaxies that would have retained correlated orbits, this solution is ruled out by the fact that no nearby groups are observed to be anywhere near as spatially small as the disk of satellites [290]. Another solution might be that most Milky Way satellites are actually not primordial galaxies but old tidal dwarf galaxies created in an early major merger event, accounting for their presently-correlated phase-space distribution [346]. Note in passing that if only one or two long-lived tidal dwarfs are created in each gas-dissipational galaxy encounter, they could probably account for most of the dwarf galaxy population in the Universe, leaving no room for small CDM subhalos to create galaxies, which would transform the missing satellites challenge into a missing satellites catastrophe [239]. - 6.
**The cusp-core challenge**. Another long-standing problem of ΛCDM is the fact that the simulations of the collapse of CDM halos lead to a density distribution as a function of radius,*ρ*(*r*), which is well fitted by a smooth function asymptoting to a central*cusp*with slope*d*ln*ρ*/*d*ln*r*= −1 in the central parts [126, 332], while observations clearly point towards large constant density cores in the central parts [118, 169, 479]. Even though the latest simulations [333] rather point towards Einasto [133] profiles with*d*ln*ρ*/*d*ln*r*∝ −*r*^{(1/n)}(with*n*slightly varying with halo mass, and*n*∼ 6 for a Milky Way-sized halo, meaning that the slope is zero only*very*close to the nucleus [177], and is still ∼ −1 at 200 pc from the center), fitting such profiles to observed galactic kinematical data such as rotation curves [88] leads to values of*n*that are much smaller than simulated values (meaning that they have much larger cores), which is another way of re-assessing the old cusp problem of ΛCDM. Note that a change from CDM to WDM could solve the problem in dwarf galaxies, by leading to the formation of small cores, but certainly not in large galaxies where large cores are needed from observations. Thus, one has to rely on baryon feedback to erase the cusp from all galaxies. But this is not easily done, as the adiabatic cooling of baryons in the center of dark matter halos should lead to an even more concentrated dark matter distribution. A possibility would be that angular momentum transfer from a rotating stellar bar destroys dark-matter cusps: however, significant cusp destruction requires substantially more angular momentum than is realistically available in stellar bars [89, 286]. Note also that not all galaxies are barred (e.g., M33 is not). The state-of-the-art solution nowadays is to enforce strong supernovae outflows that move large amounts of low-angular-momentum gas from the central parts and that “pull” on the central dark matter concentration to create a core [176], but this is still a highly fine-tuned process, which fails to address the baryon fraction problem (see challenge 10 below). - 7.
**The angular momentum challenge**. As a consequence of the merger history of galaxy disks in a hierarchical formation scenario, as well as of the associated transfer of angular momentum from the baryonic disk to the dark halo, the specific angular momentum of the baryons ends up being much too small in simulated disks, which in turn end up much smaller than the observed ones [4]. Similarly, elliptical systems end up too concentrated as well. Addressing this challenge within the standard paradigm essentially relies on forming disks through late-time quiescent gas accretion from large-scale filaments, with much less late-time mergers than presently predicted in ΛCDM. - 8.
**The pure disk challenge**. Related to the previous challenge, large*bulgeless*thin disk galaxies are extremely difficult to produce in simulations. This is because major mergers, at any time in the galaxy formation process, typically create bulges, so bulgeless galaxies would represent the quiescent tail of a distribution of merger histories for galaxies of the Local Volume. However, these bulgeless disk galaxies represent more than half of large galaxies (with*V*_{c}> 150 km/s) in the Local Volume [178, 231]. Solving this problem would rely, e.g., on suppressing central spheroid formation for mergers with mass ratios lower than 30% [228]. - 9.
**The stability challenge**. Round CDM halos tend to stabilize very low surface density disks against the formation of bars and spirals, due to a lack of disk self-gravity [291]. The observation [282] of Low Surface Brightness (LSB) disk galaxies with strong bars and spirals is thus challenging in the absence of a significant disk component of dark matter. What is more, in the absence of such a disk DM component, the lack of disk self-gravity prevents the creation of very-large razor-thin LSB disks, but these are observed [222, 260]. In the standard context, these observations would tend to point towards an additional disk DM component, either a CDM-one linked to in-plane accretion of satellites or a baryonic one in the form of molecular gas. - 10.
**The missing baryons challenge(s)**. As mentioned above, constraints from the CMB imply Ω_{m}= 0.27 and Ω_{b}= 0.046. However, our inventory of known baryons in the local Universe, summing over all observed stars, gas, etc., comes up short of the total. For example, [42] estimate that the sum of stars and cold gas is only ∼ 5% of Ω_{b}While there now seems to be a good chance that many of the missing baryons are in the form of highly ionized gas in the warm-hot intergalactic medium (WHIM), we are still far from being able to give a confident account of where all the baryons reside. Indeed, there could be multiple distinct reservoirs in addition to the WHIM, each comparable to the mass in stars, within the current uncertainties. But there is another missing baryons challenge, namely the halo-by-halo missing baryons. Indeed, each CDM halo can, to a first approximation, be thought of as a microcosm of the whole. As such, one would naively expect each halo to have the same baryon fraction as the whole Universe,*f*_{b}= Ω_{b}/Ω_{m}= 0.17. On the scale of clusters of galaxies, this is approximately true (but still systematically low), but for individual galaxies, observations depart from this in a systematic way which we have yet to understand, and which has nothing to do with the truncation radius. The ratio of the galaxy-detected baryon fraction over the cosmological one,*fd*, is plotted as a function of the potential well of the systems in Figure 2 [284]. There is a clear correlation, less massive objects being much more dark-matter dominated than massive ones. This correlation is a priori not predicted at all by ΛCDM, at least not with the correct shape [273]. This missing baryons challenge is actually closely related to the baryonic Tully-Fisher relation, which we expand on in Section 4.3.1.

However, let us note that, while challenges 1 to 3 are not real smoking guns yet for the ΛCDM model, challenges 4 to 10 are concerned with processes happening on kpc scales, for which it is fair to consider that the model is not very predictive because the baryon physics should play a more important role, and this is hard to take into account rigorously. However, it is not sufficient to qualitatively invoke handwavy baryon physics to avoid confronting predictions of ΛCDM with observations. It is also mandatory to show that the feedback from the baryons, which is needed to solve the observational problems, is what would quantitatively happen in a physical galaxy. This, presently, is not yet the case for the aforementioned challenges. However, these challenges are “model-dependent problems”, in the sense of being failed predictions of a given model, but would not have appeared a priori surprising without the standard concordance model at hand. This means that subtly changing some parameters of the model (like, e.g., swapping CDM for WDM, making DM more self-interacting, etc.) might help solving at least a few of them. But what is even more challenging is a set of observations that appear surprising *independently* of any specific dark matter model, as they involve a fine-tuned relation between the distribution of visible and dark matter. These are what we call hereafter “unpredicted observations”.

### 4.3 Unpredicted observations

There are several important examples of systematic relations between the dynamics of galaxies (in theory presumed to be dominated by dark matter) and their baryonic content. These relations are fully empirical, and as such must be explained by *any* viable theory. As we shall see, they inevitably involve a critical acceleration scale, or equivalently, a critical surface density of baryonic matter.

#### 4.3.1 Baryonic Tully-Fisher relation

One of the strongest correlations in extragalactic astronomy is the Tully-Fisher relation [467]. Originally identified as an empirical relation between a galaxy’s luminosity and its HI line-width, it has been widely employed as a distance indicator. Though extensively studied for decades, the physical basis of the relation remains unclear.

Luminosity and line-width are readily accessible observational quantities. The optical luminosity of a galaxy is a proxy for its stellar mass, and the HI line-width is a proxy for its rotation velocity. The quality of the correlation improves as more accurate indicators of these quantities are employed. For example, resolved rotation curves, where the flat portion of the rotation curve *V*_{f} or the maximum peak velocity *V*_{p} can be measured, give relations that are tighter than those utilizing only line-width information [108]. Similarly, the scatter declines as we shift from optical luminosities to those in the near-infrared [475] as the latter are expected to give a more reliable mapping of starlight to stellar mass [42].

*M*

_{b}=

*M*

_{*}+

*M*

_{g}is used [283, 475, 42, 272, 353, 31, 445, 462, 276]. This is the Baryonic Tully-Fisher Relation (BTFR), plotted on Figure 3.

*α*= 4 [272, 445, 276]. This slope is consistent with a constant acceleration scale \({\rm{a =}}V_f^4/(G{M_b})\) such that

^{10}the normalization constant

*β*=

*G*a.

^{−10}m s

^{−2}∼ Λ

^{1/2}(Eq. 1) is thus present in the data. Figure 4 shows the distribution of this acceleration \(V_f^4/{M_b}\), around the best fit line in Figure 3, strongly peaked around ∼ 2 × 10

^{−62}in natural units. As we shall see, this acceleration scale arises empirically in a variety of distinct situations involving the mass discrepancy problem.

A BTFR of the observed form does not arise *naturally* in ΛCDM. The naive expectation is \(\alpha = 3\) and \(\beta = 10f_V^3G{H_0}\) [446]^{11} where *H*_{0} is the Hubble constant and *f*_{V} is a factor of order unity (currently estimated to be ≈ 1.3 [361]) that relates the observed *V*_{f} to the circular velocity of the potential at the virial radius^{12}. This modest fudge factor is necessary because ΛCDM does not explicitly predict either axis of the observed BTFR. Rather, there is a relationship between total (baryonic plus dark) mass and rotation velocity at very large radii. This simple scaling fails (dashed line in Figure 3), obliging us to introduce an additional fudge factor *f*_{d} [273, 284] that relates the detected baryonic mass to the total mass of baryons available in a halo. This mismatch drives the variation in the detected baryon fraction *f*_{d} seen in Figure 2. A constant *f*_{d} is excluded by the difference between the observed and predicted slopes; *f*_{d} must vary with *V*_{f}, or *M*, or the gravitational potential Φ

This brings us to the first fine-tuning problem posed by the data. There is essentially zero intrinsic scatter in the BTFR [276], while the detected baryon fraction *f*_{d} could, in principle, obtain any value between zero and unity. Somehow galaxies must “know” what the circular velocity of the halo they reside in is so that they can make observable the correct fraction of baryons.

_{b}=

*M*

_{*}+

*M*

_{g}while the total baryonic mass available in a halo is

*f*

_{b}

*M*

_{tot}. The difference between these quantities implies a reservoir of dark baryons in some undetected form, M

_{other}. It is commonly speculated that the undetected baryons could be in a hard-to-detect hot, diffuse, ionized phase mixed in with the dark matter halo (and extending to comparable radius), or that the missing baryons have been entirely blown away by winds from supernovae. For the purposes of this argument, it does not matter which form the dark baryons take. All that matters is that a substantial mass of them are required so that [283]

*f*

_{d}. By inspection of Eq. 3, it is apparent that small scatter in

*f*

_{d}can only be obtained naturally in the limits

*M*

_{*}+

*M*

_{g}≫

*M*

_{other}so that

*f*

_{d}→ 1 or

*M*

_{*}+

*M*

_{g}≪

*M*

_{other}so that

*f*

_{d}→ 0. Neither of these limits apply. We require not only an appreciable mass in dark baryons

*M*

_{other}, but we need the fractional mass of these missing baryons to vary in lockstep with the observed rotation velocity

*V*

_{f}. Put another way, for any given galaxy, we know not only how many baryons we see, but also how many we do not see — a remarkable feat of non-observation.

*R*

_{p}is the radius at which the rotation curve

*V*

_{b}(

*r*) of baryons peaks. Over several decades in surface density, the BTFR is completely insensitive to variations in the mass distribution of the baryons. This is odd because, a priori,

*V*

^{2}∼

*M*/

*R*, and thus

*V*

^{4}∼

*M*Σ. Yet the BTFR is \({M_b} \sim V_f^4\) with no dependence on Σ. This brings us to a second fine-tuning problem. For some time, it was thought [156] that spiral galaxies all had very nearly the same surface brightness (a condition formerly known as “Freeman’s Law”). If this is indeed the case, the observed BTFR naturally follows from the constancy of Σ. However, there do exist many LSB galaxies [264] that violate the constancy of surface brightness implied in Freeman’s Law. Thus, one would expect them to deviate systematically from the Tully-Fisher relation, with lower surface brightness galaxies having lower rotation velocities at a given mass. Yet they do not. Thus, one must fine-tune the mass surface density of the dark matter to precisely make up for that of the baryons [279]. As the surface density of baryons declines, that of the dark matter must increase

*just so*as to fill in the difference (Figure 6 [271]). The relevant quantity is the dynamical surface density enclosed within the radius, where the velocity is measured. The latter matters little along the flat portion of the rotation curve, but the former is the sum of dark and baryonic matter.

One might be able to avoid fine-tuning if all galaxies are dark-matter dominated [109]. In the limit Σ _{dm} ≫_{b}, the dynamics are entirely dark-matter dominated and the distribution of the baryons is irrelevant. There is some systematic uncertainty in the mass-to-light ratios of stellar populations [42], making such an approach a priori tenable. In effect, we return to the interpretation of Σ ∼ constant originally made by [3] in the context of Freeman’s Law, but now we invoke a constant surface density of CDM rather than of baryons. But as we will see, such an interpretation, i.e., that Σ_{b} ≪Σ_{dm} in all disk galaxies, is flatly contradicted by other observations (e.g., Figure 9 and Figure 13).

The Tully-Fisher relation is remarkably persistent. Originally posited for bright spirals, it applies to galaxies that one would naively expected to deviate from it. This includes low-luminosity, gas-dominated irregular galaxies [445, 462, 276], LSB galaxies of all luminosities [517, 443], and even tidal dwarfs formed in the collision of larger galaxies [165]. Such tidal dwarfs may be especially important in this context (see also Section 6.5.4). Galactic collisions should be very effective at segregating dark and baryonic matter. The rotating gas disks of galaxies that provide the fodder for tidal tails and the tidal dwarfs that form within them initially have nearly circular, coplanar orbits. In contrast, the dark-matter particles are on predominantly radial orbits in a quasi-spherical distribution. This difference in phase space leads to tidal tails that themselves contain very little dark matter [72]. When tidal dwarfs form from tidal debris, they should be largely devoid^{13} of dark matter. Nevertheless, tidal dwarfs do appear to contain dark matter [72] and obey the BTFR [165].

*σ*, the typical acceleration

*σ*

^{2}/

*R*is also on the order of

*a*

_{0}within a factor of a few, where

*R*is the effective radius of the system [401]. Moreover, they obey an analogous relation to the Tully-Fisher one, known as the Faber-Jackson relation (Figure 7). In bulk, the data for these star-dominated galaxies follow the relation

*σ*

^{4}/(

*GM*

_{*}) ∝

*a*

_{0}(dotted line in Figure 7). This is not strictly analogous to the flat part of the rotation curves of spiral galaxies, the dispersion typically being measured at smaller radii, where the equivalent circular velocity curve is often falling [367, 323], or in a temporary plateau before falling again (see also Section 6.6.1). Indeed, unlike the case in spiral galaxies, where the distribution of stars is irrelevant, it clearly does matter in elliptical galaxies (the Faber-Jackson relation is just one projection of the “fundamental plane” of elliptical galaxies [85]). This is comforting: at small radii in dense stellar systems where the baryonic mass of stars is clearly important, the data behave as Newton predicts.

The acceleration scale *a*_{0} is clearly imprinted on the data for local galaxies. This is an empirical statement that might not hold at all times, perhaps evolving over cosmic time or evaporating altogether. Substantial efforts have been made to investigate the Tully-Fisher relation to high redshift. To date, there is no persuasive evidence of evolution in the zero point of the BTFR out to *z* = 0.6 [356, 357] and perhaps even to *z* = 1 [485]. One must exercise caution in interpreting such results given the difficulty inherent in peering many Gyr back in cosmic time. Nonetheless, it appears that the scale *a*_{0} remains present in the data and has not obviously changed over the more recent half of the age of the Universe.

#### 4.3.2 The role of surface density

An upper limit to the surface brightness distribution is interesting in the context of disk stability. Recall that dynamically cold, purely Newtonian disks are subject to potentially-self-destructive instabilities, one cure being to embed them in the potential wells of spherical dark-matter halos [343]. While the proper criterion for stability is much debated [131, 415], it is clear that the dark matter halo moderates the growth of instabilities and that the ratio of halo to disk self gravity is a relevant quantity. The more self-gravitating a disk is, the more likely it is to suffer undamped growth of instabilities. But, in principle, galaxies with a baryonic disk and a dark matter halo are totally scalable: if a galaxy model has a certain dynamics, and one multiplies all densities by any (positive) constant (and also scales the velocities appropriately) one gets another galaxy with exactly the same dynamics (with scaled time scales). So if one is stable, so is the other. In turn, the mere fact that there might be an upper limit to Σ_{b} is a priori surprising, and even more so that there might be a coincidence of this upper limit with the acceleration scale *a*_{0} identified dynamically.

The scale Σ_{†} = *a*_{0}/*G* is clearly present in the data (Figure 8). Selection effects make high-surface-brightness (HSB) galaxies easy to detect and hence discover, but their intrinsic numbers appear to decline exponentially when the central surface density of the stellar disk Σ_{0} > Σ_{†} [264]. It seems natural to associate the dynamical scale *a*_{0} with the disk stability scale since they are numerically indistinguishable and both arise in the context of the mass discrepancy. However, there is no reason to expect this in ΛCDM, which predicts denser dark matter halos than observed [280, 169, 167, 241, 243, 478, 118]. Such dense dark matter halos could stabilize much higher density disks than are observed to exist. Lacking a clear mechanism to specify this scale, it is introduced into models by hand [115].

*a*

_{p}=

*V*

_{p}/

*R*

_{p}is measured at the radius

*R*

_{p}, where the rotation curve V

_{b}(

*r*) of baryons peaks. Given the systematic variation of rotation curve shape [376, 495], the specific choice of radii is unimportant. Nevertheless, this radius is advocated by [109] since this maximizes the possibility of perceiving the baryonic contribution in the plot of Figure 5. That this contribution is not present leads to the inference that Σ

_{b}≪ Σ

_{dm}in all disk galaxies [109]. This is directly contradicted by Figure 9, which shows a clear correlation between

*a*

_{p}and Σ

_{b}. The higher the surface density of baryons, the higher the observed acceleration. The slope of the relation is not unity,

*a*

_{p}∝ Σ

_{b}, as we would expect in the absence of a mass discrepancy, but rather \({a_p} \propto \Sigma _b^{1/2}\). To simultaneously explain Figure 5 and Figure 9, there must be a strong fine-tuning between dark and baryonic surface densities (i.e., Figure 6), a sort of repulsion between them, a repulsion which is however contradicted by the correlations between baryonic and dark matter bumps and wiggles in rotation curves (see Section 4.3.4).

#### 4.3.3 Mass discrepancy-acceleration relation

So far we have discussed total quantities. For the BTFR, we use the total observed mass of a galaxy and its characteristic rotation velocity. Similarly, the dynamical acceleration-baryonic surface density relation uses a single characteristic value for each galaxy. These are not the only ways in which the “magical” acceleration constant *a*_{0} appears in the data. In general, the mass discrepancy only appears at very low accelerations *a* < *a*_{0} and not (much) above *a*_{0}. Equivalently, the need for dark matter only becomes clear at very low baryonic surface densities Σ < Σ_{†} = *a*_{0}/*G*. Indeed, the amplitude of the mass discrepancy in galaxies anti-correlates with acceleration [270].

*V*/

*V*

_{b})

^{2}, the ratio of observed velocity to that predicted by the observed baryons, depends on the choice of estimator for stellar

*M*

_{*}/

*L*. However, for any plausible (non-zero)

*M*

_{*}/

*L*, the amplitude of the mass discrepancy correlates with acceleration (Figure 10) and baryonic surface density, as originally noted in [382, 266, 406]. It does

*not*correlate with radius and only weakly with orbital frequency

^{14}.

There is no reason in the dark matter picture why the mass discrepancy should correlate with any physical scale. Some systems might happen to contain lots of dark matter; others very little. In order to make a prediction with a dark matter model, it is necessary to model the formation of the dark matter halo, the condensation of gas within it, the formation of stars therefrom, and any feedback processes whereby the formation of some stars either enables or suppresses the formation of further stars. This complicated sequence of events is challenging to model. Baryonic “gastrophysics” is particularly difficult, and has thus far precluded the emergence of a clear prediction for galaxy dynamics from ΛCDM.

ΛCDM does make a prediction for the distribution of mass in baryonless dark matter halos: the NFW halo [332, 333]. These are remarkable for being scale free. Small halos have a profile similar to large halos. No feature stands out that marks a unique physical scale as observed. Galaxies do not resemble pure NFW halos [416], even when dark matter dominates the dynamics as in LSB galaxies [241, 243, 118]. The inference in ΛCDM is that gastrophysics, especially the energetic feedback from stellar winds and supernova explosions, plays a critical role in sculpting observed galaxies. This role is not restricted to the minority baryonic constituents; it must also affect the majority dark matter [176]. Simulations incorporating these effects in a quasi-realistic way are extremely expensive computationally, so a comprehensive survey of the plausible parameter space occupied by such models has yet to be made. We have no reason to expect that a particular physical scale will generically emerge as the result of baryonic gastrophysics. Indeed, feedback from star formation is inherently a random process. While it is certainly possible for simple laws to emerge from complicated physics (e.g., the fact that SNIa are standard candles despite the complicated physics involved), the more common situation is for chaos to beget chaos. Therefore, it seems unnatural to imagine feedback processes leading to the orderly behavior that is observed (Figure 10); nor is it obvious how they would implicate any particular physical scale. Indeed, the dark matter halos formed in ΛCDM simulations [332, 333] provide an initial condition with greater scatter than the final observed one [280, 478], so we must imagine that the chaotic processes of feedback not only impart order, but do so in a way that cancels out some of the scatter in the initial conditions.

In any case, and whatever the reason for it, a physical scale is clearly observationally present in the data: *a*_{0} (Eq. 1). At high accelerations *a* ≫ *a*_{0}, there is no indication of the need for dark matter. Below this acceleration, the mass discrepancy appears. It cannot be emphasized enough that the role played by *a*_{0} in the BTFR and this role as a transition acceleration have strictly no intrinsic link with each other, they are fully independent of each other. There is *nothing* in ΛCDM that stipulates that these two relations (the existence of a transition acceleration and the BTFR) should exist at all, and even less that these should harbour an *identical* acceleration scale.

*V*=

*V*

_{b}. Even the Pioneer anomaly

^{15}is well removed from the regime where the mass discrepancy manifests in galaxies, and is itself much too subtle to be perceptible in Figure 11. Indeed, to within a factor of ∼ 2, no system exhibits a mass discrepancy at accelerations

*a*≫

*a*

_{0}.

The systematic increase in the amplitude of the mass discrepancy with decreasing acceleration and baryonic surface density has a remarkable implication. Even though the observed velocity is not correctly predicted by the observed baryons, it is predictable from them. Independent of any theory, we can simply fit a function *D*(*G*Σ) to describe the variation of the discrepancy (*V*/*V*_{b})^{2} with baryonic surface density [270]. We can then apply it to any new system we encounter to predict *V* = *D*^{1/2}*V*_{b}. In effect, *D* boosts the velocity already predicted by the observed baryons. While this is a purely empirical exercise with no underlying theory, it is quite remarkable that the distribution of dark matter required in a galaxy is entirely predictable from the distribution of its luminous mass (see also [167]). In the conventional picture, dark matter outweighs baryonic matter by a factor of five, and more in individual galaxies given the halo-by-halo missing baryon problem (Figure 2), but apparently the baryonic tail wags the dark matter dog. And it does so again through the acceleration scale *a*_{0}. Indeed, at very low accelerations, the mass discrepancy is precisely defined by the inverse of the square-root of the gravitational acceleration generated by the baryons *in units of a*_{0}. This actually asymptotically leads to the BTFR.

So, up to now, we have seen five roles of *a*_{0} in galaxy dynamics. (i) It defines the zero point of the Tully-Fisher relation, (ii) it appears as the characteristic acceleration at the effective radius of spheroidal systems, (iii) it defines the Freeman limit for the maximum surface density of pure disks, (iv) it appears as a transition-acceleration above which no dark matter is needed, and below which it appears, and (v) it defines the amplitude of the mass-discrepancy in the weak-field regime (this last point is not a fully independent role as it leads to the Tully-Fisher relation). Let us eventually note that there is yet a final role played by *a*_{0}, which is that it defines the central surface density of all dark matter halos as being on the order of *a*_{0}/(2π*G*) [129, 167, 313].

#### 4.3.4 Renzo’s rule

The relation between dynamical and baryonic surface densities appears as a global scaling relation in disk galaxies (Figure 9) and as a local correspondence within each galaxy (Figure 10). When all galaxies are plotted together as in Figure 10, this connection appears as a single smooth function *D*(*a*). This does not suffice to illustrate that individual galaxies have features in their baryon distribution that are reflected in their dynamics. While the above correlations could be interpreted as a sort of repulsion between dark and baryonic matter, the following rather indicates closer-than-natural attraction.

*K*-band light distribution is thought to give the most reliable mapping of observed light to stellar mass [42], and has been used to trace the run of stellar surface density in Figure 13. The sharp feature at the center is a small bulge component visible as the red central region in Figure 12. The bulge contains only 4% of the

*K*-band light. The remainder is the stellar disk; a straight line fit to the data outside the central bulge region gives the parameters of the exponential disk approximation, Σ

_{0}and

*R*

_{d}. Similarly, the surface density of atomic gas is traced by the 21 cm emission, with a correction for the cosmic abundance of helium — the detected hydrogen represents 75% of the gas mass believed to be present, with most of the rest being helium, in accordance with BBN.

Mass models (bottom panels of Figure 13) are constructed from the surface density profiles by numerical solution of the Poisson equation [52, 472]. No approximations (like sphericity or an exponential disk) are made at this step. The disks are assumed to be thin, with radial scale length exceeding their vertical scale by 8:1, as is typical of edge-on disks [236]. Consequently, the computed rotation curves (various broken lines in Figure 13) are not smooth, but reflect the observed variations in the observed surface density profiles of the various components. The sum (in quadrature) leads to the total baryonic rotation curve *V*_{b}(*r*) (the solid lines in Figure 13): this is what would be observed if no dark matter were implicated. Instead, the observed rotation (data points in Figure 13) exceeds that predicted by *V*_{b},(*r*): this is the mass discrepancy.

It is often merely stated that flat rotation curves require dark matter. But there is considerably more information in rotation curve data than asymptotic flatness. For example, it is common that the rotation curve in the inner parts of HSB galaxies like NGC 6946 is well described by the baryons alone. The data are often consistent with a very low density of dark matter at small radii with baryons providing the bulk of the gravitating mass. This condition is referred to as maximum disk [471], and also runs contrary to our inferences of dark matter dominance from Figure 5 [414]. More generally, features in the baryonic rotation curve *V*_{b} (*r*) often correspond to features in the total rotation *V*_{c}(*r*).

Perhaps the most succinct empirical statement of the detailed connection between baryons and dynamics has been given by Renzo Sancisi, and known as Renzo’s rule [379]: “*For any feature in the luminosity profile there is a corresponding feature in the rotation curve.”* Both galaxies shown in Figure 13 illustrate this statement. In the inner region of NGC 6946, the small but compact bulge component causes a sharp feature in *V*_{b}(*r*) that declines rapidly before the rotation curve rises again, as mass from the disk begins to contribute. The up-down-up morphology predicted by the observed distribution of the baryons is observed in high resolution observations [54, 114]. A dark matter halo with a monotonically-varying density profile cannot produce such a morphology; the stellar bulge must be the dominant mass component at small radii in this galaxy.

A surprising aspect of Renzo’s rule is that it applies to LSB galaxies as well as those of high surface brightness. That the baryons should have some dynamical impact where their surface density is highest is natural, though there is no reason to demand that they become competitive with dark matter. What is distinctly unnatural is for the baryons to have a perceptible impact where dark matter must clearly dominate. NGC 1560 provides an example where they appear to do just that. The gas distribution in this galaxy shows a substantial kink in its surface density profile [28] (recently confirmed by [163]) that has a distinct impact on *V*_{b}(*r*). This occurs at a radius where *V* ≫ *V*_{b}, so dark matter should be dominant. A spherical-dark-matter halo with particles on randomly oriented, highly radial orbits cannot support the same sort of structure as seen in the gas disk, and the spherical geometry, unlike a disk geometry, would smear the effect on the local acceleration. And yet the wiggle in the baryonic rotation curve is reflected in the total, as per Renzo’s rule.^{16}

One inference that might be made from these observations is that the dark matter is baryonic. This is unacceptable from a cosmological perspective, but it is possible to have a multiplicity of dark matter components. That is, we could have baryonic dark matter in the disks of galaxies in addition to a halo of non-baryonic cold dark matter. It is often possible to scale up the atomic gas component to fit the total rotation [193]. That implies a component of mass that is traced by the atomic gas — presumably some other dynamically cold gas component — that outweighs the observed hydrogen by a factor of six to ten [193]. One hypothesis for such a component is very cold molecular gas [352]. It is difficult to exclude such a possibility, though it also appears to be hard to sustain in LSB galaxies[292]. Dynamically, one might expect the extra mass to destabilize the LSB disk. One also returns to a fine-tuning between baryonic surface density and mass-to-light ratio. In order to maintain the balance observed in Figure 5, relatively more dark molecular gas will be required in LSB galaxies so as to maintain a constant surface density of gravitating mass, but given the interactions at hand, this might be at least a bit more promising than explaining it with CDM halos.

As a matter of fact, LSB galaxies play a critical role in testing many of the existing models for dark matter. This happens in part because they were appreciated as an important population of galaxies only after many relevant hypotheses were established, and thus provide good tests of their a priori expectations. Observationally, we infer that LSB disks exhibit large mass discrepancies down to small radii [119]. Conventionally, this means that dark matter completely dominates their dynamics: the surface density of baryons in these systems is never high enough to be relevant. Nevertheless, the observed distribution of baryons suffices to predict the total rotation [279, 120]. Once again, the baryonic tail wags the dark matter dog, with the observations of the minority baryonic component sufficing to predict the distribution of the dominant dark matter. Note that, conversely, *nothing* is “observable” about the dark matter, in present-day simulations, that predicts the distribution of baryons.

Thus, we see that there are many observations, mostly on galaxy scales, that are unpredicted, and perhaps unpredictable, in the standard dark matter context. They mostly involve a unique relationship between the distribution of baryons and the gravitational field, as well as an acceleration constant *a*_{0} on the order of the square-root of the cosmological constant, and they represent the most significant challenges to the current ΛCDM model.

## 5 Milgrom’s Empirical Law and “Kepler Laws” of Galactic Dynamics

Up to this point in this review, the challenges that we have presented have been *purely* based on observations, and fully independent of any alternative theoretical framework. However, at this point, it would obviously be a step forward if at least some of these puzzling observations could be summarized and empirically unified in some way, as such a unifying process is largely what physics is concerned with, rather than simply exposing a jigsaw of apparently unrelated empirical observations. And such an empirical unification *is* actually feasible for many of the unpredicted observations presented in the previous Section 4.3, and goes back to a rather old idea of the Israeli physicist Mordehai Milgrom.

Almost 30 years ago, back in 1983 (and thus before most of the aforementioned observations had been carried out), simply prompted by the question of whether the missing mass problem could perhaps reflect a breakdown of Newtonian dynamics in galaxies, Milgrom [293] devised a formula linking the Newtonian gravitational acceleration *g*_{N} to the true gravitational acceleration *g* in galaxies. Such attempts to rectify the mass discrepancy by gravitational means often begin by noting that galaxies are much larger than the solar system. It is easy to imagine that at some suitably large scale, let’s say on the order of 1 kpc, there is a transition from the usual dynamics applicable in the comparatively-tiny solar system to some more general theory that applies on the scale of galaxies in order to explain the mass discrepancy problem. If so, we would expect the mass discrepancy to manifest itself at a particular length scale in all systems. However, as already noted, there is *no* universal length scale apparent in the data (Figure 10) [382, 266, 406, 279, 270]. The mass discrepancy appears already at small radii in some galaxies; in others there is no apparent need for dark matter until very large radii. This now observationally excludes all hypotheses that simply alter the force law at a linear length-scale.

### 5.1 Milgrom’s law and the dielectric analogy

^{−10}m s

^{−2}. This is eleven orders of magnitude less than the surface gravity of the Earth. As we have seen in Section 4, this acceleration constant appears “miraculously” in very different scaling relations that should not, in principle, be related to each other

^{17}. This observational evidence for the universal appearance of

*a*

_{0}≃ 10

^{−10}m s

^{−2}in galactic scaling relations was not at all observationally evident back in 1983. What Milgrom [293] then hypothesized was a modification of Newtonian dynamics below this acceleration constant

*a*

_{0}, appropriate to the tiny accelerations encountered in galaxies

^{18}. This new constant

*a*

_{0}would then play a similar role as the Planck constant

*h*in quantum physics or the speed of light

*c*in special relativity. For large acceleration (or force per unit mass),

*F*/

*m*=

*g*≫

*a*

_{0}, everything would be normal and Newtonian, i.e.,

*g*=

*g*

_{N}. Or, put differently, formally taking

*a*

_{0}→ 0 should make the theory tend to standard physics, just like recovering classical mechanics for

*h*→ 0. On the other hand, formally taking

*a*

_{0}→ ∞ (and

*G*→ 0), or equivalently, in the limit of small accelerations

*g*≫

*a*

_{0}, the modification would apply in the form:

*g*=

**|g|**is the true gravitational acceleration, and

*g*

_{N}= |

**g**

_{N}| the Newtonian one as calculated from the observed distribution of visible matter. Note that this limit follows naturally from the scale-invariance symmetry of the equations of motion under transformations (

*t, r*) → (λ

*t*, λ

*r*) [315]. This particular modification was only suggested in 1983 by the asymptotic flatness of rotation curves and the slope of the Tully-Fisher relation. It is indeed trivial to see that the desired behavior follows from equation (4). For a test particle in circular motion around a point mass

*M*, equilibrium between the radial component of the force and the centripetal acceleration yields \(V_c^2/r = {g_N} = GM/{r^2}\). In the weak-acceleration limit this becomes

*r*cancel, simplifying to

*V*

_{f}that depends only on the mass of the central object and fundamental constants. The equation above is the equivalent of the observed baryonic Tully-Fisher relation. It is often wrongly stated that Milgrom’s formula was constructed in an ad hoc way in order to reproduce galaxy rotation curves, while this statement is only true of these two observations: (i) the asymptotic flatness of the rotation curves, and (ii) the slope of the baryonic Tully-Fisher relation (but note that, at the time, it was not clear at all that this slope would hold, nor that the Tully-Fisher relation would correlate with baryonic mass rather than luminosity, and even less clear that it would hold over orders of magnitude in mass). All the other successes of Milgrom’s formula related to the phenomenology of galaxy rotation curves were pure

*predictions*of the formula made

*before*the observational evidence. The predictions that are encapsulated in this simple formula can be thought of as sort of “Kepler-like laws” of galactic dynamics. These various laws only make sense once they are unified within their parent formula, exactly as Kepler’s laws only make sense once they are unified under Newton’s law.

*g*≫

*a*

_{0}and

*g*≪

*a*

_{0}, Milgrom’s law is written in the following way:

*E*generated by an external point charge

*Q*located at a distance

*r*obeys the following equation:

*μ*is the relative permittivity of the medium, and can depend on

*E*. In the case of a gravitational field generated by a point mass

*M*, it is then clear that Milgrom’s interpolating function plays the role of “gravitational permittivity”. Since it is smaller than 1, it makes the gravitational field stronger than Newtonian (rather than smaller in the case of the electric field in a dielectric medium, where

*μ*> 1). In other words, the gravitational susceptibility coefficient χ (such that

*μ*= 1 + χ) is negative, which is correct for a force law where like masses attract rather than repel [56]. This dielectric analogy has been explicitly used in devising a theory[60] where Milgrom’s law arises from the existence of a “gravitationally polarizable” medium (see Section 7).

**g**to remain a conservative force field, these expressions (Eqs. 7 and 10) cannot be rigorous outside of highly symmetrical situations. Nevertheless, it allows one to make numerous very general predictions for galactic systems, or, in other words, to derive “Kepler-like laws” of galactic dynamics, unified under the banner of Milgrom’s law. As we shall see, many of the observations unpredicted by ΛCDM on galaxy scales naturally ensue from this very simple law. However, even though Milgrom originally devised this as a modification of dynamics, this law is a priori nothing more than an algorithm, which allows one to calculate the distribution of force in an astronomical object from the observed distribution of baryonic matter. Its success would simply mean that the observed gravitational field in galaxies is mimicking a universal force law generated by the baryons alone, meaning that (i) either the force law itself is modified, or that (ii) there exists an intimate connection between the distribution of baryons and dark matter in galaxies.

It was suggested, for instance, [218] that such a relation might arise naturally in the CDM context, if halos possess a one-parameter density profile that leads to a characteristic acceleration profile that is only weakly dependent upon the mass of the halo. Then, with a fixed collapse factor for the baryonic material, the transition from dominance of dark over baryonic occurs at a universal acceleration, which, by numerical coincidence, is on the order of *cH*_{0} and thus of *a*_{0} (see also [411]). While, still today, it remains to be seen whether this scenario would quantitatively hold in numerical simulations, it was noted by Milgrom [306] that this scenario only explained the role of *a*_{0} as a transition radius between baryon and dark matter dominance in HSB galaxies, precluding *altogether* the existence of LSB galaxies where dark matter dominates everywhere. The real challenge for ΛCDM is rather to explain *all* the different roles played by *a*_{0} in galaxy dynamics, different roles that can all be summarized within the single law proposed by Milgrom, just like Kepler’s laws are unified under Newton’s law. We list these Kepler-like laws of galactic dynamics hereafter, and relate each of them with the unpredicted observations of Section 4, keeping in mind that these were mostly a priori predictions of Milgrom’s law, made before the data were as good as today, not “postdictions” like we are used to in modern cosmology.

### 5.2 Galactic Kepler-like laws of motion

- 1.
**Asymptotic flatness of rotation curves**. The rotation curves of galaxies are*asymptotically*flat, even though this flatness is not always attained at the last observed point (see point hereafter about the*shapes*of rotation curves as a function of baryonic surface density). What is more, Milgrom’s law can be thought of as including the*total*acceleration with respect to a preferred frame, which can lead to the prediction of asymptotically-falling rotation curves for a galaxy embedded in a large external gravitational field (see Section 6.3). - 2.
**Ga**_{0}**defining the zero-point of the baryonic Tully-Fisher relation**. The plateau of a rotation curve is*V*_{f}= (GM*a*_{0})^{1/4}. The true Tully-Fisher relation is predicted to be a relation between this asymptotic velocity and*baryonic mass*, not luminosity. Milgrom’s law yields immediately the slope (precisely 4) and zero-point of this baryonic Tully-Fisher law. The observational baryonic Tully-Fisher relation should thus be consistent with zero scatter around this prediction of Milgrom’s law (the dotted line of Figure 3). And indeed it is. All rotationally-supported systems in the weak acceleration limit should fall on this relation, irrespective of their formation mechanism and history, meaning that completely isolated galaxies or tidal dwarf galaxies formed in interaction events all behave as every other galaxy in this respect. - 3.
**Ga**_{0}**defining the zero-point of the Faber-Jackson relation**. For quasi-isothermal systems [296], such as elliptical galaxies, the bulk velocity dispersion depends only on the total baryonic mass via*σ*^{4}∼*GMa*_{0}. Indeed, since the equation of hydrostatic equilibrium for an isotropic isothermal system in the weak field regime reads*d*(*σ*^{2}*ρ*)/*dr*=*−ρ*(*GMa*_{0})^{1/2}/*r*, one has*σ*^{4}=*α*^{−2}×*GMa*_{0}where*α*=*d*ln*ρ*/*d*ln*r*. This underlies the Faber-Jackson relation for elliptical galaxies (Figure 7), which is, however,*not*predicted by Milgrom’s law to be as tight and precise (because it relies, e.g., on isothermality and on the slope of the density distribution) as the BTFR. - 4.
**Mass discrepancy defined by the inverse of the acceleration in units of****a**_{0}. Or alternatively, defined by the inverse of the square-root of the gravitational acceleration generated by the baryons in units of*a*_{0}. The mass discrepancy is precisely equal to this in the very-low-acceleration regime, and leads to the baryonic Tully-Fisher relation. In the low-acceleration limit,*g*_{N}/*g*=*g*/*a*_{0}, so in the CDM language, inside the virial radius of any system whose virial radius is in the weak acceleration regime (well below*a*_{0}), the baryon fraction is given by the acceleration in units of*a*_{0}. If we adopt a rough relation \({M_{500}} \simeq 1.5 \times {10^5}{M_ \odot} \times V_c^3{({\rm{km/s)}}^{- 3}}\), we get that the acceleration at*R*_{500}, and thus the system baryon fraction predicted by Milgrom’s formula, is*M*_{b}/*M*_{500}=*a*_{500}/*a*_{0}≃ 4 × 10^{−4}×*V*_{c}(km/s)^{−1}. Divided by the cosmological baryon fraction, this explains the trend for*f*_{d}=*M*_{b}/(0.17*M*_{500}) with potential \((\Phi = V_c^2)\) in Figure 2, thereby naturally explaining the halo-by-halo missing baryon challenge in galaxies. No baryons are actually missing; rather, we infer their existence because the natural scaling between mass and circular velocity \({M_{500}} \propto V_c^3\) in ΛCDM differs by a factor of*V*_{c}from the observed scaling \({M_b} \propto V_c^4\). - 5.
**a**_{0}**as the characteristic acceleration at the effective radius of isothermal spheres**. As a corollary to the Faber-Jackson relation for isothermal spheres, let us note that the baryonic isothermal sphere would not require any dark matter up to the point where the internal gravity falls below*a*_{0}, and would thus resemble a purely baryonic Newtonian isothermal sphere up to that point. But at larger distances, in the presence of the added force due to Milgrom’s law, the baryonic isothermal sphere would fall [296] as r^{−4}, thereby making the radius at which the gravitational acceleration is*a*_{0}the effective baryonic radius of the system, thereby explaining why, at this radius*R*in quasi-isothermal systems, the typical acceleration*σ*^{2}/*R*is almost always observed to be on the order of*a*_{0}. Of course, this is valid for systems where such a transition radius does exist, but going to very-LSB systems, if the internal gravity is everywhere below*a*_{0}, one can then have typical accelerations as low as one wishes. - 6.
**a**_{0}/**G****as a critical mean surface density for stability**. Disks with mean surface density 〈Σ〉 ≤ Σ_{†}=*a*_{0}/*G*have added stability. Most of the disk is then in the weak-acceleration regime, where accelerations scale as \(a \propto \sqrt M\), instead of*a*∝*M*. Thus,*δa*/*a*= (1/2)*δM*/*M*instead of*δa*/*a*=*δM*/*M*, leading to a weaker response to small mass perturbations [299]. This explains the Freeman limit (Figure 8). - 7.
**a**_{0}**as a transition acceleration**. The mass discrepancy in galaxies always appears (transition from baryon dominance to dark matter dominance) when \(V_c^2/R \sim {a_0}\), yielding a clear mass-discrepancy acceleration relation (Figure 10). This, again, is the case for every single rotationally-supported system irrespective of its formation mechanism and history. For HSB galaxies, where there exist two distinct regions where \(V_c^2/R > {a_0}\) in the inner parts and \(V_c^2/R < {a_0}\) in the outer parts, locally measured mass-to-light ratios should show no indication of hidden mass in the inner parts, but rise beyond the radius where \(V_c^2/R \approx {a_0}\) (Figure 14). Note that this is the only role of*a*_{0}that the scenario of [218] was poorly trying to address (forgetting, e.g., about the existence of LSB galaxies). - 8.
**a**_{0}/**G****as a transition central surface density**. The acceleration*a*_{0}defines the transition from HSB galaxies to LSB galaxies: baryons dominate in the inner parts of galaxies whose*central*surface density is higher than some critical value on the order of Σ_{†}=*a*_{0}/*G*, while in galaxies whose central surface density is much smaller (LSB galaxies), DM dominates everywhere, and the magnitude of the mass discrepancy is given by the inverse of the acceleration in units of*a*_{0}; see (5). Thus, the mass discrepancy appears at smaller radii and is more severe in galaxies of lower baryonic surface densities (Figure 14). The shapes of rotation curves are predicted to depend on surface density: HSB galaxies are predicted to have rotation curves that rise steeply, then become flat, or even fall somewhat to the not-yet-reached asymptotic flat velocity, while LSB galaxies are supposed to have rotation curves that rise slowly to the asymptotic flat velocity. This is precisely what is observed (Figure 15), and is in accordance [162] with the more complex empirical parametrization of observed rotation curves that has been proposed in [376]. Finally, the*total*(baryons+DM) acceleration is predicted to decline with the mean*baryonic*surface density of galaxies, exactly as observed (Figure 16), in the form \(a \propto \Sigma _b^{1/2}\) (see also Figure 9). - 9.
**a**_{0}/**2π****G****as the central surface density of dark halos**. Provided they are mostly in the Newtonian regime, galaxies are predicted to be embedded in dark halos (whether real or virtual, i.e., “phantom” dark matter) with a central surface density on the order of*a*_{0}/(2π*G*) as observed^{19}. LSBs should have a halo surface density scaling as the square-root of the baryonic surface density, in a much more compressed range than for the HSB ones, explaining the consistency of observed data with a constant central surface density of dark matter [167, 313]. - 10.
**Features in the baryonic distribution imply features in the rotation curve**. Because a small variation in*g*_{N}will be directly translated into a similar one in*g*, Renzo’s rule (Section 4.3.4) is explained naturally.

As a conclusion, *all* the apparently independent roles that the characteristic acceleration *a*_{0} plays in the unpredicted observations of Section 4.3 (see end of Section 4.3.3 for a summary), as well as Renzo’s rule (Section 4.3.4), have been elegantly unified by the single law proposed by Milgrom [293] in 1983 as a unique scaling relation between the gravitational field generated by observed baryons and the total observed gravitational force in galaxies.

## 6 Milgrom’s Law as a Modification of Classical Dynamics: MOND

^{20}. However, applying blindly Eq. 7 to a set of massive bodies directly leads to serious problems [150, 293] such as the non-conservation of momentum. In a two-body configuration, as the implied force is not symmetric in the two masses, Newton’s third law (action and reaction principle) does not hold, so the momentum is not conserved. Consider a translationally invariant isolated system of two such masses

*m*

_{1}and

*m*

_{2}small enough to be in the very weak acceleration limit, and placed at rest on the

*x*-axis. The amplitude of the Newtonian force is then

*F*

_{n}=

*Gm*

_{1}

*m*

_{2}/(

*x*

_{2}−

*x*

_{1})

^{2}, and applying blindly Eq. 7, would lead to individual accelerations \(\vert {{\rm{a}}_i}{\rm{\vert =}}\sqrt {{F_N}{a_0}/{m^i}}\). This then immediately leads to

*Modified Newtonian Dynamics*

^{21}. In this section, we sketch how to devise such theories at the classical level, and list detailed tests of these theories at all astrophysical scales.

### 6.1 Modified inertia or modified gravity: Non-relativistic actions

If one wants to modify dynamics in order to reproduce Milgrom’s heuristic law while still benefiting from usual conservation laws such as the conservation of momentum, one can start from the action at the classical level. Clearly such theories are only toy-models until they become the weak-field limit of a relativistic theory (see Section 7), but they are useful both as targets for such relativistic theories, and as internally consistent models allowing one to make predictions at the classical level (i.e., neither in the relativistic or quantum regime).

*ρ*=

*∑*

_{i}

*m*

_{i}

*δ*(

**x**−

**x**

_{i}) and described by the Newtonian potential Φ

_{N}has the following action

^{22}:

^{2}

**x**/d

*t*

^{2}= −∇Φ

_{N}, while varying it with respect to the potential leads to Poisson equation ∇Φ

_{N}= 4π

*Gρ*. Modifying the first (kinetic) term is generally referred to as “modified inertia” and modifying the last term as “modified gravity”

^{23}.

#### 6.1.1 Modified inertia

^{24}(the first term

*S*

_{kin}in Eq. 13) that are functionals depending on the trajectory of the particle as well as on the acceleration constant

*a*

_{0}. By construction, the gravitational potential is then still determined from the Newtonian Poisson equation, but the particle equation of motion becomes, instead of Newton’s second law,

**A**is a functional of the whole trajectory {

**x**(

*t*)}, with the dimensions of acceleration. The Newtonian and MOND limits correspond to [

*a*

_{0}→ 0,

**A**→ d

^{2}

**x**/d

*t*

^{2}] and \([{a_0} \rightarrow \infty, {\bf{A}}[\{{\rm{x(t)\},}}{a_0}] \rightarrow a_0^{- 1}{\rm{Q(\{x(}}t)\})]\) where

**Q**has dimensions of acceleration squared.

^{25}. Interestingly, he also showed that quantities such as energy and momentum had to be redefined but were then enjoying conservation laws: this even leads to a generalized virial relation for bound trajectories, and in turn to an important and robust prediction for circular orbits in an axisymmetric potential, shared by all such theories. Eq. 14 becomes for such trajectories:

*V*

_{c}and

*R*are the orbital speed and radius, and

*μ*(

*x*) is universal for each theory, and is derived from the expression of the action specialized to circular trajectories. Thus, for circular trajectories, these theories recover

*exactly*the heuristic Milgrom’s law. Interestingly, it is this law, which is used to fit galaxy rotation curves, while in the modified gravity framework of MOND (see hereafter), one should actually calculate the exact predictions of the modified Poisson formulations, which can differ a little bit from Milgrom’s law. However, for orbits other than circular, it becomes very difficult to make predictions in modified inertia, as the time non-locality can make the anomalous acceleration at any location depend on properties of the whole orbit. For instance, if the accelerations are small on some segments of a trajectory, MOND effects can also be felt on segments where the accelerations are high, and conversely [321]. This can give rise to different effects on bound and unbound orbits, as well as on circular and highly elliptic orbits, meaning that “predictions” of modified inertia in pressure-supported systems could differ significantly from those derived from Milgrom’s law per se. Let us finally note that testing modified inertia on Earth would require one to properly define an inertial reference frame, contrary to what has been done in [5, 179] where the laboratory itself was not an inertial frame. Proper set-ups for testing modified inertia on Earth have been described, e.g., in [201, 202]: under the circumstances described in these papers, modified inertia would inevitably predict a departure from Newtonian dynamics, even if the exact departure cannot be predicted at present, except for circular motion.

#### 6.1.2 Bekenstein-Milgrom MOND

The idea of modified gravity is, on the one hand, to preserve the particle equation of motion by preserving the kinetic action, but, on the other hand, to change the gravitational action, and thus modify the Poisson equation. In that case, all the usual conservation laws will be preserved by construction.

*F*can be any dimensionless function. The Lagrangian being non-quadratic in |∇Φ|, this has been dubbed by Bekenstein & Milgrom [38]

*Aquadratic Lagrangian*theory (AQUAL). Varying the action with respect to Φ then leads to a non-linear generalization of the Newtonian Poisson equation

^{26}:

*μ*(

*x*) =

*F′*(

*z*) and

*z*=

*x*

^{2}. In order to recover the

*μ*-function behavior of Milgrom’s law (Eq. 7), i.e.,

*μ*(

*x*) → 1 for

*x*≫ 1 and

*μ*(

*x*) →

*x*for

*x*≪ 1, one needs to choose:

**g**= −

**∇Φ**and the Newtonian one,

*g*

_{N}= −∇Φ

*n*

*g*= |

**g**|, and

**S**is a solenoidal vector field with no net flow across any closed surface (i.e., a curl field

**S**=

**∇ × A**such that

**∇.S**= 0). This, it is equivalent to Milgrom’s law (Eq. 7) up to a curl field correction, and is precisely equal to Milgrom’s law in highly symmetric one-dimensional systems, such as spherically-symmetric systems or flattened systems for which the isopotentials are locally spherically symmetric. For instance, the Kuzmin disk [52] is an example of a flattened axisymmetric configuration for which Milgrom’s law is precisely valid, as its Newtonian potential \({\Phi _N} = - GM/\sqrt {{R^2} + {{(b + \vert z\vert)}^2}}\) is equivalent on both sides of the disk to that of a point mass above or below the disk respectively.

*M*, the isopotentials always tend to become spherical and the curl field tends to zero, while the gravitational acceleration falls well below

*a*

_{0}(a regime known as the “deep-MOND” regime), so that:

An important point, demonstrated by Bekenstein & Milgrom [38], is that a system with a low center-of-mass acceleration, with respect to a larger (more massive) system, sees the motion of its constituents combine to give a MOND motion for the center-of-mass even if it is made up of constituents whose internal accelerations are above *a*_{0} (for instance a compact globular cluster moving in an outer galaxy). The center-of-mass acceleration is independent of the internal structure of the system (if the mass of the system is small), namely the Weak Equivalence Principle is satisfied.

*K*=

*M*〈

*v*

^{2}〉/2 is the total kinetic energy of the system,

*M*= Σ

_{i}

*m*

_{i}being the total mass of the system, 〈

*v*

^{2}〉 the second moment of the velocity distribution, and \(W = - \int {\rho {\rm{x}}{.}\nabla \Phi {d^3}x}\) is the “virial”, proportional to the total potential energy. Milgrom [301, 302] showed that, in Bekenstein-Milgrom MOND, the virial is given by:

*x*=

*g*/

*a*

_{0}≪ 1) where

*μ*(

*x*) =

*x*and

*F*(

*z*) = (2/3)

*z*

^{3/2}, the second term vanishes and we get \(W = (- 2/3)\sqrt {G{M^3}{a_0}}\)(see [301] for the specific conditions for this to be valid). In this case, we can get an analytic expression for the two-body force under the approximation that the two bodies are very far apart compared to their internal sizes [301, 509, 511]. Since the kinetic energy

*K*=

*K*

_{orb}+

*K*

_{int}can be separated into the orbital energy \({K_{{\rm{orb}}}} = {m_1}{m_2}\upsilon _{{\rm{rel}}}^2/(2M)\) and the internal energy of the bodies \({K_{{\mathop{\rm int}}}} = \sum (1/3)\sqrt {Gm_i^3{a_0}}\), we get from the scalar virial theorem of a stationary system:

*ρi,j,k*is the density discretized on a grid of step*h*,*Φi,j,k*is the MOND potential discretized on the same grid of step*h*,*μM*_{1}, and*μ*_{L1}, are the values of*μ*(*x*) at points*M*_{1}and*L*_{1}corresponding to (*i*+ 1/2,*j*,*k*) and (*i*− 1/2,*j*,*k)*respectively (Figure 17).

*∂*/

*∂x*,

*∂*/

*∂y*,

*∂*/

*∂z*), in

*μ*(

*x*), is approximated in the case of

*μ*

_{Ml}by \(([\Phi (B) - \Phi (A)]/h,[\Phi (I) + \Phi (H) - \Phi (K) - \Phi (J)]/(4h),[\Phi (C) + \Phi (D) - \Phi (E) - \Phi (F)]/(4h))\) (see Figure 17).

In [457] the Gauss-Seidel relaxation with red and black ordering is used to solve this discretized equation, with the boundary condition for the Dirichlet problem given by Eq. 20 at large radii. It is obvious that subsequently devising an evolving N-body code for this theory can only be done using particle-mesh techniques rather than the gridless multipole expansion treecode schemes widely used in standard gravity.

*a*

_{0}. There are several ways to implement such an idea, but for instance, Bekenstein [36] proposed in this vein a generalization of the AQUAL formalism by adding a velocity scale

*s*

_{0}, in order to allow for

*effective*variations of the acceleration constant as a function of the deepness of the potential, namely:

*s*

_{0}(e.g., on the order of 10

^{3}km/s; see [36]) could affect the dynamics of galaxy clusters (by boosting the modification with an effectively higher value of

*a*

_{0}) compared to the previous MOND equation, while keeping the less massive systems such as galaxies typically unaffected compared to usual MOND, while other (lower) values of

*s*

_{0}could allow (modulo a renormalization of

*a*

_{0}) for a stronger modification in galaxy clusters as well as milder modification in subgalactic systems such as globular clusters, which, as we shall soon see could be interesting from a phenomenological point of view (see Section 6.6). However, the possibility of

*too*strong a modification should be carefully investigated, as well as, in a relativistic (see Section 7) version of the theory, the consequences on the dynamics of a scalar-field with a similar action.

#### 6.1.3 QUMOND

*S*

_{kin}+

*S*

_{in}= ∫

*ρ*(

*v*

^{2}/2 − Φ)

*d*

^{3}

*x*dt, thus ensuring that varying the action of a test particle with respect to the particle degrees of freedom leads to d

^{2}

**x**/d

*t*

^{2}= −∇Φ, but to invoke an auxiliary acceleration field g

_{N}= −∇Φ

_{N}in the gravitational action instead of invoking an aquadratic Lagrangian in |

**∇Φ**|. The addition of such an auxiliary field can of course be done without modifying Newtonian gravity, by writing the Newtonian gravitational action in the following way

^{27}:

**g**

_{N}(or over Φ

_{N}):

**g**

_{N}= −∇Φ. And after variation of the full action over Φ: −∇

**.g**

_{N}= 4π

*Gρ*, i.e., Newtonian gravity. One can then introduce a MONDian modification of gravity by modifying this action in the following way, replacing \({\rm{g}}_N^2\) by a non-linear function of it and assuming that it derives from an auxiliary potential

**g**

_{N}= −∇Φ

_{N}, so that the new degree of freedom is this new potential:

^{2}Φ

_{N}= 4π

*Gρ*. And varying it with respect to the auxiliary (Newtonian) potential Φ

_{N}yields:

*v*(

*y*) =

*Q′*(

*z*) and

*z*=

*y*

^{2}. Thus, the theory requires one only to solve the Newtonian linear Poisson equation twice, with only one non-linear step in calculating the rhs term of Eq. 30. For this reason, it is called the

*quasi-linear formulation of MOND*(QUMOND). In order to recover the

*v*-function behavior of Milgrom’s law (Eq. 10), i.e.,

*v*(

*y*) → 1 for

*y*≫ 1 and

*v*(

*y*) →

*y*

^{−1/2}for

*y*≪ 1, one needs to choose:

*different*from the one of AQUAL. This means that, outside of high symmetry, AQUAL and QUMOND cannot be precisely equivalent. An illustration of this is given in [509]: for a system with all its mass in an elliptical shell (in the sense of a squashed homogeneous spherical shell), the effective density of matter that would source the MOND force field in Newtonian gravity is uniformly zero in the void inside the shell for QUMOND, but nonzero for AQUAL.

*v*-function, one defines

_{ph}:

_{ph}obeying a QUMOND equation with \(\tilde \nu (y) = {H{\prime}}({y^2})\) and Φ = Φ

_{N}+ Φ

_{ph}.

*h*, the discretized phantom dark matter density is given on grid points (

*i*,

*j*,

*k*) by (see Figure 17 and cf. Eq. 25, see also [11]):

*any*N-body technique (e.g., treecodes or fast multipole methods) can be adapted to QUMOND (a grid being necessary as an intermediate step). Once the Newtonian potential (or force) is locally known, the phantom dark matter density can be computed and then represented by weighted particles, whose gravitational attraction can then be computed in any traditional manner. An example is given in Figure 18, where one considers a rather typical baryonic galaxy model with a small bulge and a large disk. Applying Eq. 35 (with the

*v*-function of Eq. 43) then yields the phantom density [253]. Interestingly, this phantom density is composed of a round “dark halo” and a flattish “dark disk” (see [305] for an extensive discussion of how such a dark disk component comes about; see also [50] and Section 6.5.2 for observational considerations). Let us note that this phantom dark matter density can be

*slightly*separated from the baryonic density distribution in non-spherical situations [226], and that it can be

*negative*[297, 490], contrary to normal dark matter. Finding the signature of such a local negative dark matter density could be a way of exhibiting a clear signature of MOND.

*v*(

*y*) =

*y*

^{−1/2}and

*Q*(

*z*) = (4/3)

*z*

^{3/4}, the second term vanishes and we get \(W = (- 2/3)\sqrt {G{M^3}{a_0}}\) precisely like in Bekenstein-Milgrom MOND. This means that, although the curl-field correction is

*in general*different in AQUAL and QUMOND, the two-body force in the deep-MOND limit is the same [509].

### 6.2 The interpolating function

*μ*(

*x*) → 1 for

*x*≫ 1 and

*μ*(

*x*) →

*x*for

*x*≪ 1. Obviously, in order for the relation between

*g*and

*g*

_{N}to be univocally determined, another constraint is that (

*x*) must be a monotonically increasing function of

*x*, or equivalently

*yv*(

*y*) must be a monotonically increasing function of

*y*.

*multifield*theories where the weak-field limit can be represented by a potential Φ = Σ

_{i}ϕ

*i*, where each ϕ

_{i}obeys a generalized Poisson equation, the most common case being

*Φ*

_{n}obeys the Newtonian Poisson equation and the scalar field

*ϕ*(with dimensions of a potential) plays the role of the phantom dark matter potential and obeys an equation of either the type of Eq. 17 or of Eq. 30. When it obeys a QUMOND type of equation (Eq. 30), the

*v*-function must be replaced by the \({\tilde \nu}\)-function of Eq. 32. When it obeys a BM-like equation (Eq. 17), the classical interpolating function

*μ*(

*x*) acting on

*x*= |∇Φ|/

*a*

_{0}must be replaced by another interpolating function \(\tilde \mu ({\mathcal S})\) acting on = |∇ |/

*a*

_{0}, in order for the total potential Φ to conform to Milgrom’s law

^{28}. In the absence of a renormalization of the gravitational constant, the two functions are related through [145]

*x*≪ 1 (the deep-MOND regime), one has

*s*=

*x*(1 −

*x*) ≪ 1 and

*x*∼

*s*(1 +

*s*), yielding \(\tilde \mu (s) \sim s\), i.e., although it is generally different, \({\tilde \mu}\) has the same low-gravity asymptotic behavior as

*μ*.

*μ*-function (see Figure 19):

*y*=

*x*

^{2}/(1 +

*x)*, and thus \(x = (y + \sqrt {{y^2} + 4y})/2\) and

*v*= (1 +

*x*)/

*x*yields the “simple”

*v*-function:

*s*=

*x*[1 −

*μ*(

*x*)] =

*x*/(1 +

*x*) =

*μ*, and hence

*x*=

*s*/(1 −

*s*), yielding for the “simple” \({\tilde \mu}\)-function:

*α*-family [15], valid for 0 ≤

*α*≤ 1 and including the simple function of the

*α*= 1 case

^{29}:

*μ*-functions:

*α*= 0 case is sometimes referred to as “Bekenstein’s

*μ*-function” (see Figure 19) as it was used in [33]. The problem here is that all these

*μ*-functions approach 1 quite slowly, with ζ ≤ 1 in their asymptotic expansion for

*x*→ ∞,

*μ*(

*x*) ∼ 1 −

*Ax*

^{−ζ}. Indeed, since

*s*=

*x*[1 −

*μ*(

*x*)], its asymptotic behavior is

*s*∼

*Ax*

^{−ζ+1}. So, if

*ζ*> 1,

*s*→ 0 for

*x*→ ∞ as well as for

*x*→ 0, which would imply that \(x(s) = s \tilde \mu (s) + s\) would be a multivalued function, and that the gravity would be ill-defined. This is problematic because even for the extreme case ζ = 1, the anomalous acceleration does not go to zero in the strong gravity regime: there is still a constant anomalous “Pioneer-like” acceleration

*x*[1 −

*μ*(

*x*)] →

*A*, which is observationally excluded

^{30}from very accurate planetary ephemerides [154]. What is more, these \({\tilde \mu}\)-functions, defined only in the domain 0 <

*s*<

*α*

^{−1}, would need very-carefully-chosen boundary conditions to avoid covering values of outside of the allowed domain when solving for the Poisson equation for the scalar field.

*μ*-functions in the strong gravity regime is to proceed to a renormalization of the gravitational constant[145]: this means that the bare value of in the Poisson and generalized Poisson equations ruling the bare Newtonian potential

*ϕ*

_{N}and the scalar field

*ϕ*in Eq. 40 is

*different*from the gravitational constant measured on Earth,

*G*

_{N}(related to the true Newtonian potential Φ

_{N}). One can assume that the bare gravitational constant

*G*is related to the measured one through

*x*=

*y*+

*s*where \(x = \nabla \Phi/{a_0},y = \nabla {\phi _N}/{a_0} = \nabla {\Phi _N}(\xi {a_0})\), and \({s}\tilde \mu ({s}) = y\) We then have for Milgrom’s law:

*μ*(

*x*) → 1 for

*x*→ ∞, it is straightforward to show [145] that it suffices that \(\tilde \mu ({s}) \rightarrow {{\tilde \mu}_0}\) for

*s*→ ∞, and that \(\xi = 1 + \tilde \mu _0^{- 1}\). Then, if ζ > 1 in the asymptotic expansion

*μ*(

*x*) ∼ 1 −

*x*

^{−ζ}, one has \({s} \sim {(1 + \tilde \mu _0^{- 1})^{- 1}}{x^{- \zeta + 1}} + {(1 + {{\tilde \mu}_0})^{- 1}}x\). This second linear term allows

*s*to go to infinity for large

*x*and thus

*x*(

*s*) to be single-valued. On the other hand, for the deep-MOND regime, the renormalization of

*G*implies that \(\tilde \mu ({s}) \rightarrow {s}/\xi\) for \({s} \ll 1\).

*μ*-functions quickly asymptoting to 1. For each of these functions, there is a one-parameter family of corresponding \({\tilde \mu}\)-functions (labelled by the parameter \(\tilde \mu (\infty) = {{\tilde \mu}_0})\), obtained by inserting

*μ*(

*x*) into \({s} = x[1 - {\xi ^{- 1}}\mu (x)]\) and making sure that the function is increasing and thus invertible. A useful family of such

*μ*-functions asymptoting more quickly towards 1 than the

*α*-family is the

*n*-family:

*n*= 1 is again the simple-function, while the case

*n*= 2 has been extensively used in rotation curve analysis from the very first analyses [28, 223], to this day [401], and is thus known as the “standard”

*μ*-function (see Figure 19). The corresponding \({\tilde \mu}\)-function for

*n*≥ 2 has a very peculiar shape of the type shown in Figure 3 of [81] (which might be considered a fine-tuned shape, necessary to account for solar system constraints). On the other hand, the corresponding

*v*-function family is:

*μ*-function (

*α*= 1 or

*n*=1) fits galaxy rotation curves well (see Section 6.5.1) but is excluded in the solar system (see Section 6.4), it can be useful to define

*μ*-functions that have a gradual transition similar to the simple function in the low to intermediate gravity regime of galaxies, but a more rapid transition towards one than the simple function. Two such families are described in [325] in terms of their

*v*-function:

*γ*-family, and retaining the virtues of the

*n*-family in galaxies, but approaching one more quickly in the solar system:

*μ*-functions considered in the literature include [304, 505] (see also Section 7.10):

^{31}. Very precise data for rotation curves, including negligible errors on the distance and on the stellar mass-to-light ratios (or, in that case, purely gaseous galaxies) should allow one to pin down its precise form, at least in the intermediate gravity regime and for “modified inertia” theories (Section 6.1.1) where Milgrom’s law is exact for circular orbits. Nowadays, galaxy data still allow some, but not much, wiggle room: they tend to favor the

*α*=

*n*= 1 simple function [166] or some interpolation between

*n*= 1 and

*n*= 2 [141], while combined data of galaxies and the solar system (see Sections 6.4 and 6.5) rather tend to favor something like the

*γ*=

*δ*= 1 function of Eq. 52 and Eq. 53 (which effectively interpolates between

*n*=1 and

*n*= 2, see Figure 19), although slightly higher exponents (i.e.,

*γ*> 1 or

*δ*> 1) might still be needed in the weak gravity regime in order to pass solar system tests involving the external field from the galaxy [62]. Again, it should be stressed that the most salient aspect of MOND is

*not*its precise interpolating function, but rather its successful predictions on galactic scaling relations and Kepler-like laws of galactic dynamics (Section 5.2), as well as its various beneficial effects on, e.g., disk stability (see Section 6.5), all predicted from its asymptotic form. The very concept of a pre-defined interpolating function should even in principle fully disappear once a more profound parent theory of MOND is discovered (see, e.g., [22]).

*μ*-function asymptotes as

*μ*(

*x*) =

*x*for

*x*→ 0, then the energy of the gravitational field surrounding a massive body is infinite [38]. What is more, if the \({\tilde \mu}\) function of relativistic multifield theories asymptotes in the same way to zero before going to negative values for time-evolution dominated systems (see Section 9.1), then a singular surface exists around each galaxy, on which the scalar degree of freedom does not propagate, and can therefore not provide a consistent picture of collapsed matter embedded into a cosmological background. A simple solution [145, 380] consists in assuming a modified asymptotic behavior of the

*μ*-function, namely of the form

*G*

_{N}/

*ε*

_{0}) at a very low acceleration scale

*x*≪ ε

_{0}, and rotation curves of galaxies are only approximately flat until the galactocentric radius

_{0}≪ 1 to not affect the observed phenomenology in galaxies. Note that the

*μ*-function will never go to zero, even at the center of a system. Conversely, in QUMOND and the like, one can modify the

*v*-function in the same way:

### 6.3 The external field effect

The above return to a rescaled Newtonian behavior at very large radii and in the central parts of isolated systems, in order to avoid theoretical problems with the interpolating function, would happen *anyway*, even with the interpolating function going to zero, for any non-isolated system in the universe (and this return to Newtonian behavior could actually happen at much lower radii) because of a very peculiar aspect of MOND: the *external field effect*, which appeared in its full significance already in the pristine formulation of MOND [293].

*has to*break this fundamental principle of GR. This is because, as it is an acceleration-based theory, what counts is the

*total*gravitational acceleration with respect to a pre-defined frame (e.g., the CMB frame

^{32}). Thus, the MOND effects are only observed in systems where the

*absolute*value of the gravity both internal,

*g*, and external,

*g*

_{e}(from a host galaxy, or astrophysical system, or large scale structure), is less than

*a*

_{0}. If

*g*

_{e}<

*g*<

*a*

_{0}then we have standard MOND effects. However, if the hierarchy goes as

*g*<

*a*

_{0}<

*g*

_{e}, then the system is purely Newtonian

^{33}, and if

*g*<

*g*

_{e}<

*a*

_{0}then the system is Newtonian with a renormalized gravitational constant. Ultimately, whenever

*g*falls below

*g*

_{e}(which always happens at some point) the gravitational attraction falls again as 1

*/r*

^{2}. This is most easily illustrated in a thought experiment where one considers MOND effects in one dimension. In Eq. 17, one has ∇Φ =

**g**+

**g**

_{e}and 4

*πGρ*= ∇.(

**g**

_{N}+

**g**

_{Ne}), which in one dimension leads to the following revised Milgrom’s law (Eq. 7) including the external field:

*g*→ 0, we have Newtonian gravity with a renormalized gravitational constant

*G*

_{norm}≈

*G*/[

*μ*

_{e}(1 +

*L*

_{e})] where

*μ*

_{e}=

*μ*(

*g*

_{e}/

*a*

_{0}) and

*L*

_{e}= (

*d*ln

*μ*/

*d*ln

*x*)

_{x=ge}/

_{a0}, assuming, as before, that the external field only varies on a much larger scale than the internal system. Similarly, for QUMOND (Eq. 30) in one dimension, one gets the equivalent of Eq. 10:

^{34}, adding the external field as an additional parameter of the MOND fit to the external parts of the rotation curve. Of course, this would only be a first-order approximation because it would neglect the three-dimensional nature of the problem and the direction of the external field.

*g*≪

*g*

_{e}) by considering the perturbation generated by a body of low mass

*m*inside a uniform external field, assumed along the b-direction,

**g**

_{e}=

*g*

_{e}

**1**

_{z}. Eq. 17 can then be linearized and solved with the boundary condition that the total field equals the external one at infinity [38] to yield:

*L*

_{Ne}= (

*d*ln

*ν*/

*d*ln

*y*)

_{y=gNea0}

For the exact behavior of the MOND gravitational field in the regime where *g* and *g*_{e} are of the same order of magnitude, one again resorts to a numerical solver, both for the BM equation case and for the QUMOND case (see Eq. 25 and Eq. 35). For the BM case, one adds the three components of the external field (no longer assumed to be in the *z*-direction only) in the argument of *μ*_{M1} which becomes {[(Φ(*B*) − Φ(A))/*h* − *g*_{ex}]^{2} + [(Φ(*I*) + Φ(H) − Φ(*K*) − Φ(*J*))/(4*h*) − *g*_{ey}]^{2} + [(Φ(*C*) + Φ(*D*) − Φ(*E*) − Φ(*F*))/(4*h*) − *g*_{ez}]^{2}}^{1/2}, and similarly for the other *Mi* and *Li* points on the grid (Figure 17). One also adds the respective component of the external field to the term estimating the force at the *Mi* and *Li* points in Eq. 25. With M_{1}, for instance, one changes (Φ_{i}+1,*j*,*k* − Φ*i,j,k*) → (Φ_{i}+1,*j*,*k* − Φ*i,j,k* − *hg*_{ex}) in the first term of Eq. 25. One then solves this discretized equation with the large radius boundary condition for the Dirichlet problem given by Eq. 61 instead of Eq. 20. Exactly the same is applicable to calculating the phantom dark matter component of QUMOND with Eq. 35, except that now the *Newtonian* external field is added to the terms of the equation in exactly the same way.

This external field effect (EFE) is a remarkable property of MONDian theories, and because this breaks the strong equivalence principle, it allows us to derive properties of the gravitational field in which a system is embedded from its internal dynamics (and not only from tides). For instance, the return to a Newtonian (Eq. 61 or Eq. 63) instead of a logarithmic (Eq. 20) potential at large radii is what defines the escape speed in MOND. By observationally estimating the escape speed from a system (e.g., the Milky Way escape speed from our local neighborhood; see discussion in Section 6.5.2), one can estimate the amplitude of the external field in which the system is embedded, and by measuring the shape of its isopotential contours at large radii, one can determine the direction of that external field, without resorting to tidal effects. It is also noticeable that the phantom dark matter has a tendency to become negative in “conoidal” regions perpendicular to the external field direction (see Figure 3 of [490]): with accurate-enough weak-lensing data, detecting these pockets of negative phantom densities could, in principle, be a smoking gun for MOND [490], but such an effect would be extremely sensitive to the detailed distribution of the baryonic matter. A final important remark about the EFE is that it prevents most possible MOND effects in Galactic disk open clusters or in wide binaries, apart from a possible rescaling of the gravitational constant. Indeed, for wide binaries located in the solar neighborhood, the galactic EFE (coming from the distribution of mass in our galaxy) is about 1.5 × *a*_{0}. The corresponding rescaling of the gravitational constant then depends on the choice of the *μ*-function, but could typically account for up to a 50% increase of the effective gravitational constant. Although this is not, properly speaking, a MOND effect, it could still perhaps imply a systematic offset of mass for very-long-period binaries. However, any effect of the type claimed to be observed by [188] would not be expected in MOND due to the external field effect.

### 6.4 MOND in the solar system

The primary place to test modified gravity theories is, of course, the solar system, where general relativity has, until now, passed all the proposed tests. Detecting a deviation from Einsteinian gravity in our backyard would actually be the holy grail of modified gravity theories, in the same sense as direct detection in the lab is the holy grail of the CDM paradigm. However, MOND anomalies typically manifest themselves only in the weak-gravity regime, several orders of magnitudes below the typical gravitational field exerted by the sun on, e.g., the inner planets. But in the case of modified inertia (Section 6.1.1), the anomalous acceleration at any location depends on properties of the whole orbit (non-locality), so that anomalies may appear in the motion of Solar system bodies that are on highly-eccentric trajectories taking them to large distances (e.g., long period comets or the Pioneer spacecraft), where accelerations are low [314]. Such MOND effects have been proposed as a possible mechanism for generating the Pioneer anomaly [314, 469], without affecting the motions of planets, whose orbits are fully in the high acceleration regime. On the other hand, in classical, non-relativistic modified gravity theories (Sections 6.1.2 and 6.1.3), small effects could still be observable and would primarily probe two aspects of the theory: (i) the shape of the interpolating function (Section 6.2) in the regime *x* ≫ 1, and (ii) the external Galactic gravitational field (Section 6.3) acting on the solar system, testing the interpolating function in the regime *x* ≪ 1.

If, as a first approximation, one considers the solar system as isolated, and the Sun as a point mass, the MOND effect in the inner solar system appears as an anomalous acceleration field in addition to the Newtonian one. In units of 0, the amplitude of the anomalous acceleration is given by *x*[1 − *μ*(*x*)], which can be constrained from the motion of the inner planets, typically their perihelion precession and the (non)-variation of Kepler’s constant [293, 391, 417]. These constraints typically exclude the whole-family of interpolating functions (Eq. 46) that are natural for multifield theories such as TeVeS (see Section 6.2 and Section 7) because they yield *x*[1 − *μ*(*x*)] > 1 for *x* ≫ 1 while it must be smaller than 0.04 at the orbit of Mars [391]^{35}. Of course, this does not mean that the *μ*-function cannot be represented by the *α*-family in the intermediate gravity regime characterizing galaxies, but it must be modified in the strong gravity regime^{36}. Another potential effect of MOND is anomalously strong tidal stresses in the vicinity of saddle points of the Newtonian potential, which might be tested with the LISA pathfinder [37, 49, 255, 464]. The MOND bubble can be quite big and clearly detectable, or the effect could be small and undetectable, depending on the interpolating function [255, 161].

The approximation of an isolated Solar system being incorrect, it is also important to add the effect of the external field from the galaxy. Its amplitude is typically on the order of ∼ 1.5 × *a*_{0}. From there, Milgrom [314] has predicted (both analytically and numerically) a subtle anomaly in the form of a quadrupole field that may be detected in planetary and spacecraft motions (as subsequently confirmed by [62, 185]). This has been used to constrain the form of the interpolating function in the weak acceleration regime characteristic of the external field itself. Constraints have essentially been set on the *n*-family of *μ*-functions from the perihelion precession of Saturn [63, 154], namely that one must have *n* > 8 in order to fit these data^{37}.

However, it should be noted that it is slightly inconsistant to compare the *classical* predictions of MOND with observational constraints obtained by a global fit of solar system orbits using a *fully-relativistic* first-post-Newtonian model. Although the above constraints on classical MOND models are useful guides, proper constraints can only truly be set on the various *relativistic* theories presented in Section 7, the first-order constraints on these theories coming from their own post-Newtonian parameters [65, 99, 173, 372, 391, 450]. What is more, and makes all these tests perhaps unnecessary, it has recently been shown that it was possible to cancel *any* deviation from general relativity at small distances in most of these relativistic theories, independently of the form of the *μ*-function [22].

### 6.5 MOND in rotationally-supported stellar systems

#### 6.5.1 Rotation curves of disk galaxies

The root and heart of MOND, as modified inertia or modified gravity, is Milgrom’s formula (Eq. 7). Up to some small corrections outside of symmetrical situations, this formula yields (once *a*_{0} and the form of the transition function *μ* are chosen) a unique prediction for the total effective gravity as a function of the gravity produced by the visible baryons. It is absolutely remarkable that this formula, devised 30 years ago, has been able to successfully predict an impressive number of galactic scaling relations (the “Kepler-like” laws of Section 5.2, backed by the modern data of Section 4.3) that were very unprecise and/or unobserved at the time, and which still are a puzzle to understand in the ΛCDM framework. What is more, this formula not only predicts global scaling relations successfully, we show in this section that it also predicts the shape and amplitude of galactic rotation curves at *all* radii with uncanny precision, and this for all disk galaxy Hubble types [168, 402]. Of course, the absolute exact prediction of MOND depends on the exact formulation of MOND (as modified inertia or some form or other of modified gravity), but the differences are small compared to observational error bars, and even compared with the differences between various *μ*-functions.

^{38}: Milgrom’s formula (Eq. 7), representative of circular orbits in modified inertia, AQUAL (Eq. 17), and a multi-field theory (Eq. 40) representative of a whole class of relativistic theories (see Sections 7.1 to 7.4), all with the

*α*=

*n*= 1 “simple”

*μ*-function of Eq. 46 and Eq. 49. One can see velocity differences of only a few percents in this case, while, in general, it has been shown that the maximum difference between formulations is on the order of 10% for any type of disk [76]. This justifies using Milgrom’s formula as a proxy for MOND predictions on rotation curves, keeping in mind that, in order to constrain MOND within the modified gravity framework, one should actually calculate predictions of the various modified Poisson formulations of Section 6.1 for each galaxy model, and for each choice of galaxy parameters [18].

The procedure is then the following (see Section 4.3.4 for more detail). One usually assumes that light traces stellar mass (constant mass-to-light ratio, but see the counter-example M33), and one adds to this baryonic density the contribution of observed neutral hydrogen, scaled up to account for the contribution of primordial helium. The Newtonian gravitational force of baryons is then calculated via the Newtonian Poisson equation, and the MOND force is simply obtained via Eq. 7 or Eq. 10. First of all, an interpolating function must be chosen, then one can determine the value of *a*_{0} by fitting, all at once, a sample of high-quality rotation curves with small distance uncertainties and no obvious non-circular motions. Then, all individual rotation curve fits can be performed with the mass-to-light ratio of the disk as the single free parameter of the fit^{39}. It turns out that using the simple interpolating function (*α*= *n* = 1, see Eqs. 46 and 49) yields a value of *a*_{0} = 1.2 × 10^{−10} m s^{−2}, and excellent fits to galaxy rotation curves [166]. However, as already pointed out in Sections 6.3 and 6.4, this interpolating function yields too strong a modification in the solar system, so hereafter we use the *γ* = *δ* = 1 interpolating function of Eqs. 52 and 53 (solid blue line on Figure 19), very similar to the simple interpolating function in the intermediate to weak gravity regime.

^{40}. Not only does MOND predict the general trend for LSB and HSB galaxies, it also predicts the observed rotation curves in great detail. This procedure has been carried out for 78 nearby galaxies (all galaxy rotation curves to which the authors have access), and the residuals between the observed and predicted velocities, at every point in all these galaxies (thus about two thousand individual measurements), are plotted in Figure 23. As an illustration of the variety and richness of rotation curves fitted by MOND, as well as of the range of magnitude of the discrepancies covered, we display in Figure 24 fits to rotation curves of extremely massive HSB early-type disk galaxies [402] with

*V*

_{f}up to 400 km/s, and in Figure 25 fits to very low mass LSB galaxies [324] with

*V*

_{f}down to 15 km/s. In the latter, gasrich, small galaxies, the detailed fits are insensitive to the exact form of the interpolating function (Section 6.2) and to the stellar mass-to-light ratio [168, 324]. We then display in Figure 26 eight fits for representative galaxies from the latest high-resolution THINGS survey [166, 481], and in Figure 27 six fits of yet other LSB galaxies (as these provide strong tests of MOND and depend less on the exact form of the interpolating function than HSB ones) from [120], updated with high resolution H

*α*data [242, 241]. The overall results for the whole 78 nearby galaxies (Figure 23) are globally very impressive, although there are a few outliers among the 2000 measurements. These are but a few trees outlying from a very clear forest. It is actually only as the quality of the data decline [384] that one begins to notice small disparities. These are sometimes attributable to external disturbances that invalidate the assumption of equilibrium [403], non-circular motions or bad observational resolution. For targets that are intrinsically difficult to observe, minor problems become more common [120, 448]. These typically have to do with the challenges inherent in combining disparate astronomical data sets (e.g., rotation curves measured independently at optical and radio wavelengths) and constraining the inclinations. A single individual galaxy that can be considered as a bit problematic is NGC 3198 [68, 166], but this could simply be due to a problem with the potentially too high Cepheids-based distance (reddening problem mentioned in [254]). Indeed, the adopted distance plays an important role in the MOND fitting procedure, as the value of the centripetal acceleration \(V_c^2/R\) depends on the distance through the conversion of the observed angular radius in arcsec into the physical radius

*R*in kpc. Note that other galaxies such as NGC 2841 had historically-posed problems to MOND but that these have largely gone away with modern data (see [166] and Figure 26).

*B*-band, but this is what the rotation curve fits require. This is shown on Figure 28, where the best-fit mass-to-light ratio in the

*B*-band is plotted against

*B — V*color index (left panel), and the same for the

*K*-band (right panel).

#### 6.5.2 The Milky Way

*α*=

*n*= 1 in Eqs. 46 and 49) or the

*γ*=

*δ*=1 interpolating function (Eqs. 52 and 53). The inverse problem was also tackled, i.e., deriving the surface density of the inner Milky Way disk from its rotation curve (see Figure 29): this exercise [274] led to a derived surface density fully consistent with star count data, and also even reproducing the details of bumps and wiggles in the surface brightness (Renzo’s rule, Section 4.3.4), while being fully consistent with the (somewhat imprecise) constraints on the outer rotation curve of the galaxy [494].

However, especially with the advent of present and future astrometric and spectroscopic surveys, the Milky Way offers a unique opportunity to test many other predictions of MOND. These include the effect of the “phantom dark disk” (see Figure 18) on vertical velocity dispersions and on the tilt of the stellar velocity ellipsoid, the precise shape of tidal streams around the galaxy, or the effects of the external gravitational field in which the Milky Way is embedded on fundamental parameters such as the local escape speed. However, all these predictions can vary slightly depending on the exact formulation of MOND (mainly Bekenstein-Milgrom MOND, QUMOND, or multi-field theories, the predictions being anyway difficult to make in modified inertia versions of MOND when non-circular orbits are considered). Most of the predictions made until today and reviewed hereafter have been using the Bekenstein-Milgrom version of MOND (Eq. 17).

- (i)
By measuring the force perpendicular to the galactic plane: at the solar radius, MOND predicts a 60 percent enhancement of the dynamic surface density at 1.1 kpc above the plane compared to the baryonic surface density, a value in agreement with current data (Table 1, see also [339]). The enhancement would become more apparent at large galactocentric radii where the stellar disk mass density becomes negligible.

- (ii)
By determining dynamically the scale length of the disk mass density distribution. This scale length is a factor ∼ 1.25 larger than the scale length of the visible stellar disk if Bekenstein-Milgrom MOND applies. Such a test could be applied with existing RAVE data [423], but the accuracy of available proper motions still limits the possibility to explore the gravitational forces too far from the solar neighborhood.

- (iii)
By measuring the velocity ellipsoid tilt angle within the meridional galactic plane. This tilt is different within the MOND and Newton+dark halo cases in the inner part of the Galactic disk. The tilt of about 6 degrees at

*z*=1 kpc at the solar radius is in agreement with the recent determination of 7.3 ± 1.8 degrees obtained by [422]. The difference between MOND and a Newtonian model with a spherical halo becomes significant at*z*=2 kpc. Interestingly, recent data [328] on the tilt of the velocity ellipsoid at these heights clearly favor the MOND prediction [50].

Values predicted from the Besançon model of the Milky Way in MOND as seen by a Newtonist (i.e., in terms of phantom dark matter contributions) compared to current observational constraints in the Milky Way, for the local dynamical surface density and the tilt of the stellar velocity ellipsoid [50]. Predictions for a round dark halo without a dark disk are also compatible with the current constraints, though [194, 422]. The tilt at *z* =2 kpc should be more discriminating.

Such tests of MOND could be applied with the first release of future Gaia data. To fix the ideas on the *current* local constraints, the predictions of the Besancon MOND model are compared with the relevant observations in Table 1. However, let us note that these predictions are *extremely* dependent on the baryonic content of the model [53, 155, 366], so that testing MOND at the precision available in the Milky Way heavily relies on star counts, stellar population synthesis, census of the gaseous content (including molecular gas), and inhomogeneities in the baryonic distribution (clusters, gas clouds).

Another test of the predictions of MOND for the gravitational potential of the Milky Way is the thickness of the HI layer as a function of position in the disk (see Section 6.5.3): it has been found [378] that Bekenstein-Milgrom MOND and it phantom disk successfully accounts for the most recent and accurate flaring of the HI layer beyond 17 kpc from the center, but that it slightly underpredicts the scale-height in the region between 10 and 15 kpc. This could indicate that the local stellar surface density in this region should be slightly smaller than usually assumed, in order for MOND to predict a less massive phantom disk and hence a thicker HI layer. Another explanation for this discrepancy would rely on non-gravitational phenomena, namely ordered and small-scale magnetic fields and cosmic rays contributing to support the disk.

Yet another test would be the comparison of the observed Sagittarius stream [198, 248] with the predictions made for a disrupting galaxy satellite in the MOND potential of the Milky Way. Basic comparisons of the stream with the orbit of a point mass have shown accordance at the zeroth order [358]. In reality, such an analysis is not straightforward because streams do not delineate orbits, and because of the non-linearity of MOND. However, combining a MOND N-body code with a Bayesian technique [474] in order to efficiently explore the parameter space, it should be possible to rigorously test MOND with such data in the near future, including for external galaxies, which will lead to an exciting battery of new observational tests of MOND.

Finally, a last test of MOND in the Milky Way involves the external field effect of Section 6.3. As explained there, the return to a Newtonian (Eq. 61 or Eq. 63) instead of a logarithmic (Eq. 20) potential at large radii is defining the escape speed in MOND. By observationally estimating the escape speed from a system (e.g., the Milky Way escape speed from our local neighborhood), one can estimate the amplitude of the external field in which the system is embedded. With simple analytical arguments, it was found [144] that with an external field of 0.01*a*_{0}, the local escape speed at the Sun’s radius was about 550 km/s, exactly as observed (within the observational error range [433]). This was later confirmed by rigorous modeling in the context of Bekenstein-Milgrom MOND and with the Besancon baryonic model of the Milky Way [492]. This value of the external field, 10^{−2} × *a*_{0}, corresponds to the order of magnitude of the gravitational field exerted by Large Scale Structure, estimated from the acceleration endured by the Local Group during a Hubble time in order to attain a peculiar velocity of 600 km/s.

#### 6.5.3 Disk stability and interacting galaxies

A lot of questions in galaxy dynamics require using N-body codes. This is notably necessary for studying stability of galaxy disks, the formation of bars and spirals, or highly time-varying configurations such as galaxy mergers. As we have seen in Section 6.1.2, the BM modified Poisson equation (Eq. 17) can be solved numerically using various methods [50, 77, 96, 147, 250, 457]. Such a Poisson solver can then be used in particle-mesh N-body codes. More general codes based on QUMOND (Section 6.1.3) are currently under development.

- (i)
LSB disks are more unstable regarding bar and spiral instabilities in MOND than in the Newton+spherical halo equivalent case,

- (ii)
Bars always tend to appear more quickly in MOND than in the Newton+spherical halo equivalent, and are not slowed down by dynamical friction, leading to fast bars,

- (iii)
LSB disks can be both very thin and extended in MOND thanks to the effect of the “phantom disk”, and vertical velocity dispersions level off at 8 km/s, instead of 2 km/s for Newtonian disks,

- (iv)
Warps can be created in apparently isolated galaxies from the external field effect of large scale structure in MOND,

- (v)
Merging time-scales are longer in MOND for interacting galaxies,

- (vi)
Reproducing interacting systems such as the Antennae require relatively fine-tuned initial conditions in MOND, but the resulting galaxy is more extended and thus closer to observations, thanks to the absence of angular momentum transfer to the dark halo.

*μ*-function [458].

What is more, (iii) LSB disks can be both very thin and extended in MOND thanks to the stabilizing effect of the “phantom disk”, and vertical velocity dispersions level off at 8 km/s, as typically observed [25, 241], instead of 2 km/s for Newtonian disks with Σ = 1 *M*_{⊙} pc^{−2} (depending on the thickness of the disk). However, the observed value is usually attributed to non-gravitational phenomena. Note that [279] utilized this fact to predict that conventional analyses of LSB disks would infer abnormally high mass-to-light ratios for their stellar populations — a prediction that was subsequently confirmed [159, 371]. But let us also note that this stabilizing effect of the phantom disk, leading to very thin stellar and gaseous layers, could even be too strong in the region between 10 and 15 kpc from the galactic center in the Milky Way (see Section 6.5.2), and in external galaxies [497], even though, as said, non-gravitational effects such as ordered and small-scale magnetic fields and cosmic rays could significantly contribute to the prediction in these regions.

Via these simulations, it has also been shown (iv) that the external field effect of MOND (Section 6.3) offers a mechanism other than the relatively weak effect of tides in inducing and maintaining warps [79]. It was demonstrated that a satellite at the position and with the mass of the Magellanic clouds can produce a warp in the plane of the galaxy with the right amplitude and form [79], and even more importantly, that isolated galaxies could be affected by the external field of large scale structure, inducing a differential precession over the disk, in turn causing a warp [104]. This could provide a new explanation for the puzzle of isolated warped galaxies.

Interactions and mergers of galaxies are (v) very important in the cosmological context of galaxy formation (see also Section 9.2). It has been found [95] from analytical arguments that dynamical friction should be much more efficient in MOND, for instance for bar slowing down or mergers occurring more quickly. But simulations display exactly the opposite effect, in the sense of bars not slowing down and merger time-scales being much larger in MOND [338, 459]. Concerning bars, Nipoti [335] found that they were indeed slowed down more in MOND, as predicted analytically [95], but this is because their bars were unrealistically small compared to observed ones. In reality, the bar takes up a significant fraction of the baryonic mass, and the reservoir of particles to interact with, assumed infinite in the case of the analytic treatment [95], is in reality insufficient to affect the bar pattern speed in MOND. Concerning long merging time-scales, an important constraint from this would be that, in a MONDian cosmology, there should perhaps be fewer mergers, but longer ones than in ΛCDM, in order to keep the total observed amount of interacting galaxies unchanged. This is indeed what is expected (see Section 9.2). What is more, the long merging time-scales would imply that compact galaxy groups do not evolve statistically over more than a crossing time. In contrast, in the Newtonian+dark halo case, the merging time scale would be about one crossing time because of dynamical friction, such that compact galaxy groups ought to undergo significant merging over a crossing time, contrary to what is observed [239]. Let us also note that, in MOND, many passages in binary galaxies will happen before the final merging, with a starburst triggered at each passage, meaning that the number of observed starbursts as a function of redshift cannot be used as an estimate of the number of mergers [104].

#### 6.5.4 Tidal dwarf galaxies

As seen in, e.g., Figure 33, left panel, major mergers between spiral galaxies are frequently observed with dwarf galaxies at the extremity of their tidal tails, called Tidal Dwarf Galaxies (TDG). These young objects are formed through gravitational instabilities within the tidal tails, leading to local collapse of gas and star formation. These objects are very common in interacting systems: in some cases dozens of such condensations are seen in the tidal tails, with a few ones having a mass typical of other dwarf galaxies in the Universe. However, in the ΛCDM model, these objects are difficult to form, and require very extended dark matter distribution [71]. In MOND simulations [459, 104], the exchange of angular momentum occurs within the disks, whose sizes are inflated. For this reason, it is much easier with MOND to form TDGs in extended tidal tails.

*i*= 45ΰ, see [72]), and apply Milgrom’s formula to the visible matter distribution with zero free parameters [165, 309], one gets very reasonable curves (Figure 35). Playing around a little bit with the inclinations allows perfect fits to these rotation curves [165], while the influence of the external field effect has been shown not to significantly change the result. Therefore, we can conclude that ΛCDM has severe problems with these objects, while MOND does exceedingly well in explaining their observed rotation curves.

However, the observations of only three TDGs are, of course, not enough, from a statistical point of view, in order for this result to be as robust as needed. Many other TDGs should be observed to randomize the uncertainties, and consolidate (or invalidate) this potentially extremely important result, that could allow one to really discriminate between Milgrom’s law being either a consequence of some fundamental aspect of gravity (or of the nature of dark matter), or simply a mere recipe for how CDM organizes itself inside spiral galaxies. As a summary, since the internal dynamics of tidal dwarfs should *not* be affected by CDM, they *cannot* obey Milgrom’s law for a statistically-significant sample of TDGs if Milgrom’s law is only linked to the way CDM assembles itself in galaxies. Thus, observations of the internal dynamics of TDGs should be one of the observational priorities of the coming years in order to settle this debate.

Finally, let us note that it has been suggested [239], as a possible solution to the satellites phase-space correlation problem of Section 4.2, that most dwarf satellites of the Milky Way could have been formed tidally, thereby being old tidal dwarf galaxies. They would then naturally appear in closely related planes, explaining the observed disk-of-satellites. While this scenario would lead to a missing satellites catastrophe in ΛCDM (see Section 4.2), it could actually make sense in a MONDian Universe (see Section 9.2).

### 6.6 MOND in pressure-supported stellar systems

We have already outlined (Section 5.2) how Milgrom’s formula accounts for general scaling relations of pressure-supported systems such as the Faber-Jackson relation (Figure 7 and see [395]), and that isothermal systems have a finite mass in MOND with the density at large radii falling approximately as *r*^{−4} [296]. Note also that, in order to match the observed fundamental plane, MOND models must actually deviate somewhat from being strictly isothermal and isotropic: a radial orbit anisotropy in the outer regions is needed [388, 86]. Here we concentrate on slightly more detailed predictions and scaling relations. In general, these detailed predictions are less obvious to make than in rotationally-supported systems, precisely because of the new degree of freedom introduced by the anisotropy of the velocity distribution, very difficult to constrain observationally (as higher-order moments than the velocity dispersions would be needed to constrain it). As we shall see, the successes of MOND are in general a bit less impressive in pressure-supported systems than in rotationally-supported ones, and even in some cases really problematic (e.g., in the case of galaxy clusters, see Section 6.6.4). Whether this is due to the fact that predictions are less obvious to make, or whether this truly reflects a breakdown of Milgrom’s formula for these objects (or the fact that certain theoretical versions of MOND would explicitly deviate from Milgrom’s formula in pressure-supported systems, see Section 6.1.1) remains unclear.

#### 6.6.1 Elliptical galaxies

Luminous elliptical galaxies are dense bodies of old stars with very little gas and typically large internal accelerations. The age of the stellar populations suggest they formed early and all the gas has been used to form stars. To form early, one might expect the presence of a massive dark-matter halo, but the study of, e.g., [367] showed that actually, there is very little evidence for dark matter within the effective radius, and even several effective radii, in ellipticals. On the other hand, these are very-HSB objects and would thus not be expected to show a large mass discrepancy within the bright optical object in MOND. And indeed, the results of [367] were shown to be in perfect agreement with MOND predictions, assuming very reasonable anisotropy profiles [323]. On the theoretical side, it was also importantly shown that triaxial elliptical galaxies can be reproduced using the Schwarzschild orbit superposition technique [482], and that these models are stable [493]^{41}.

*flat*at much

*larger*accelerations than in thin exponential disk galaxies. This would seem to contradict the MOND prescription, for which flat circular velocities typically occur well below the acceleration threshold

*a*

_{0}, but not at accelerations on the order of a few times

*a*

_{0}as in ellipticals. However, as shown in [363], if one assumes the simple interpolating function (

*α*=

*n*= 1 in Eq. 46 and Eq. 49), known to yield excellent fits to spiral galaxy rotation curves (see Section 6.5.1), one finds that MONDian galaxies exhibit a flattening of their circular velocity curve at high accelerations if they can be described by a Jaffe profile [208] in the region where the circular velocity is constant. Since this flattening at high accelerations is not possible for exponential profiles, it is remarkable that such flattenings of circular velocity curves at high accelerations are only observed in elliptical galaxies. What is more, [171], as well as [454], derived from their models scaling relations for the configuration space and phase-space densities of dark matter in ellipticals, and these DM scaling relations have been shown [363] to be in very good agreement with the MOND predictions on “phantom DM” (Eq. 33) scaling relations. This is displayed on Figure 36. Of course, some of these galaxies are residing in clusters, and the external field effect (see Section 6.3) could modify the predictions, but this was shown to be negligible for most of the analyzed sample, because the galaxies are far away from the cluster center [363]. Note that when closer to the center of galaxy clusters, interesting behaviors such as lopsidedness caused by the external field effect could allow new tests of MOND in the near future [491]. However, this would require modelling both the orbit of the galaxy in the cluster to take into account time-variations of the external field, as well as a precise estimate of the external field from the cluster itself, which can be tricky as the whole cluster should be modelled at once due to the non-linearity of MOND [113, 259].

*σ*is the radial velocity dispersion,

*α*=

*d*ln

*ρ*/

*d*ln

*r*is the slope of the tracer density

*ρ*, and \(\beta = 1 - (\sigma _\theta ^2 + \sigma _\phi ^2)/2{\sigma ^2}\) is the velocity anisotropy. Note that on the left-hand side, one uses the density and the velocity dispersion of the tracers only, which can be different from the density producing the gravity on the right-hand side, if a specific population of tracers such as globular clusters is used. When the global kinematics of a galaxy is analyzed, we do expect in MOND that the gravity on the right-hand side of Eq. 65 is generated by the observed mass distribution, so both should be fit simultaneously: Figure 37 (provided by [399]) shows an example. In general, it was found that field galaxies all fit very naturally with MOND [461, 410] (see also [484]). On the other hand, the MOND modification has been found to slightly underpredict the velocity dispersions in large elliptical galaxies at the very center of galaxy clusters [364], which is just the small-scale equivalent of the problem of MOND in clusters, pointing towards missing baryons (see Section 6.6.4).

On the other hand, [225] used satellite galaxies of ellipticals to test MOND at distances of several 100 kpcs. They used the stacked SDSS satellites to generate a pair of mock galaxy groups with reasonably precise line-of-sight velocity dispersions as a function of radius across the group. When these systems were first analysed by [225] they claimed that MOND was excluded by 10*σ*, but this was only for models that had constant velocity anisotropy. It was then found [14] that with varying anisotropy profiles similar to those found in simulations of the formation of ellipticals by dissipationless collapse in MOND [337], excellent fits to the line-of-sight velocity dispersions of both mock galaxies could be found. This can be taken as strong evidence that MOND describes the dynamics in the surroundings of relatively isolated ellipticals very well.

Finally, let us note an intriguing possibility in a MONDian universe (see also Section 9.2). While massive ellipticals would form at *z* ≈ 10 [393] from monolithic dissipationless collapse [337], dwarf ellipticals could be more difficult to form. A possibility to form those would then be that tidal dwarf galaxies would be formed and survive more easily (see Section 6.5.4) in major mergers, and could then evolve to lead to the population of dwarf ellipticals seen today, thereby providing a natural explanation for the observed density-morphology relation [239] (more dwarf ellipticals in denser environments).

#### 6.6.2 Dwarf spheroidal galaxies

Dwarf spheroidal (dSph) satellites of the Milky Way [427, 477] exhibit some of the largest mass discrepancies observed in the universe. In this sense, they are extremely interesting objects in which to test MOND. Observationally, let us note that there are essentially two classes of objects in the galactic stellar halo: globular clusters (see Section 6.6.3) and dSph galaxies. These overlap in baryonic mass, but not in surface brightness, nor in age or uniformity of the stellar populations. The globular clusters are generally composed of old stellar populations, they are HSB objects and mostly exhibit no mass discrepancy problem, as expected for HSB objects in MOND. The dSphs, on the contrary, generally contain slightly younger stellar populations covering a range of ages, they are extreme LSB objects and exhibit, as said before, an extreme mass discrepancy, as generically expected from MOND. So, contrary to the case of ΛCDM where different formation scenarios have to be invoked (see Section 6.6.3), the different mass discrepancies in these objects find a natural explanation in MOND.

At a more detailed level, MOND should also be able to fit the whole velocity dispersion profiles, and not only give the right ballpark prediction. This analysis has recently been possible for the eight “classical” dSph around the Milky Way [477]. Solving Jeans equation (Eq. 65), it was found [8] that the four most massive and distant dwarf galaxies (Fornax, Sculptor, Leo I and Leo II) have typical stellar mass-to-light ratios, exactly within the expected range. Assuming equilibrium, two of the other four (smallest and most nearby) dSphs have mass-to-light ratios that are a bit higher than expected (Carina and Ursa Minor), and two have very high ones (Sextans and Draco). For all these dSphs, there is a remarkable correlation between the stellar *M*/*L* inferred from MOND and the ages of their stellar populations [189]. Concerning the high inferred stellar *M*/*L*, note that it has been shown [78] that a dSph will begin to suffer tidal disruption at distances from the Milky Way that are 4–7 times larger in MOND than in CDM, Sextans and Draco could thus actually be partly tidally disrupted in MOND. And indeed, after subjecting the five dSphs with published data to an interloper removal algorithm [418], it was found that Sextans was probably littered with unbound stars, which inflated the computed *M*/*L*, while Draco’s projected distance-l.o.s. velocity diagram actually looks as out-of-equilibrium as Sextans’ one. Ursa Minor, on the other hand, is the typical example of an out-of-equilibrium system, elongated and showing evidence of tidal tails. In the end, only Carina has a suspiciously high *M*/*L* (> 4; see [418]).

*never*really reach a stable equilibrium [237], and exhibit an artificially high

*M*/

*L*ratio. This is even more true for the recently discovered “ultra-faint” dwarf spheroidals, that are also, due to to their extremely low-density, very much prone to tidal heating in MOND. Indeed, at face value, if these ultrafaints are equilibrium objects, their velocity dispersions are much too high compared to what MOND predicts, and rule out MOND straightforwardly. However, unless this is due to systematic errors linked with the smallness of the velocity dispersion to measure (one must distinguish between

*σ*≈ 2 km s

^{−1}and

*σ ≈*5 km s

^{−1}), and/or to high intrinsic stellar

*M*/

*L*ratios related to stochastic effects linked with the small number of stars [186], it was also found [285] that these objects are all close to filling their MONDian tidal radii, and that their stars can complete only a few orbits for every orbit of the satellite itself around the Milky Way (see Figure 38). As Brada & Milgrom [78] have shown, it then comes as no surprise that they are displaying out-of-equilibrium dynamics in MOND (and even more so in the case of a tidal formation scenario [237]).

#### 6.6.3 Star clusters

Star clusters come in two types: open clusters and globular clusters. Most observed open clusters are in the inner parts of the Milky Way disk, and for that reason, the prediction of MOND is that their internal dynamics is Newtonian [293] with, perhaps, a slightly renormalized gravitational constant and slightly squashed isopotentials, due to the external field effect (Section 6.3). Therefore, the possibility of distinguishing Newtonian dynamics from MOND in these objects would require extreme precision. On the other hand, globular clusters are mostly HSB halo objects (see Section 6.6.2), and are consequently predicted to be Newtonian, and most of those that are fluffy enough to display MONDian behavior are close enough to the Galactic disk to be affected by the external field effect (Section 6.3), and so are Newtonian, too. Interestingly, MOND thus provides a natural explanation for the dichotomy between dwarf spheroidals and globular clusters. In ΛCDM, this dichotomy is rather explained by the formation history [235, 397]: globular clusters are supposedly formed in primordial disk-bound supermassive molecular clouds with high baryon-to-dark matter ratio, and later become more spheroidal due to subsequent mergers. In MOND, it is, of course, not implied that the two classes of objects have necessarily the same formation history, but the different dynamics are qualitatively explained by MOND itself, not by the different formation scenarios.

However, there exist a *few* globular clusters (roughly, less than ∼ 10 compared to the total number of ∼ 150) both fluffy enough to display typical internal accelerations well below *a*_{0}, and far away enough from the galactic plane to be more or less immune from the external field effect [27, 182, 181, 436]. Thus, these should, in principle, display a MONDian mass discrepancy. They include, e.g., Pal 14 and Pal 3, or the large fluffy globular cluster NGC 2419. Pal 3 is interesting, because it indeed tends to display a larger-than-Newtonian global velocity dispersion, broadly in agreement with the MOND prediction (Baumgardt & Kroupa, private communication). However, it is difficult to draw too strong a conclusion from this (e.g., on excluding Newtonian dynamics), since there are not many stars observed, and one or two outliers would be sufficient to make the dispersion grow artificially, while a slightly-higher-than-usual mass-to-light ratio could reconcile Newtonian dynamics with the data. Other clusters such as NGC 1851 and NGC 1904 apparently display the same MONDian behavior [408] (see also [187]). On the other hand, Pal 14 displays exactly the opposite behavior: the measured velocity dispersion is Newtonian [212], but again the number of observed stars is too small to draw a statistically significant conclusion [164], and it is still possible to reconcile the data with MOND assuming a slightly low stellar mass-to-light ratio [437]. Note that if the cluster is on a highly eccentric orbit, the external gravitational field could vary very rapidly both in amplitude and direction, and it is possible that the cluster could take some time to accomodate this by still displaying a Newtonian signature in its kinematics after a sudden decrease of the external field.

NGC 2419 is an interesting case, because it allows not only for a measure of the global velocity dispersion, but also of the detailed velocity dispersion profile [199]. And, again, like in the case of Pal 14 (but contrary to Pal 3), it displays Newtonian behavior. More precisely, it was found, solving Jeans equations (Eq. 65), that the best MOND fit, although not extremely bad in itself, was 350 times less likely than the best Newtonian fit without DM [199, 200]. However, the stability [336] of this best MOND fit has not been checked in detail. These results are heavily debated as they rely on the small quoted measurement errors on the surface density, and even a slight rotation of only the outer parts of this system near the plane of the sky (which would not show up in th velocity data) would make a considerable difference in the right direction for MOND [398]. However, these observations, together with the results on Pal 14, although not ruling out any theory, are not a resounding success for MOND. However, it could perhaps indicate that globular clusters are generically on highly eccentric orbits, and out of equilibrium due to this (however, the effect would have to be opposite to that prevailing in ultra-faint dwarfs, where the departure from equilibrium would boost the velocity dispersion instead of decreasing it). A stronger view on these results could indicate that MOND as formulated today is an incomplete paradigm (see, e.g., Eq. 27), or that MOND is an effect due to the fundamental nature of the DM fluid in galaxies (see Sections 7.6 and 7.9), which is absent from globular clusters. Concerning NGC 2419, it is perhaps useful to remind oneself that it is very plausibly not a globular cluster. It is part of the Virgo stream and is thus most probably the remaining nucleus of a disrupting satellite galaxy in the halo of the Milky Way, on a generically-highly-eccentric orbit. Detailed N-body simulations of such an event, and of the internal dynamics of the remaining nucleus, would thus be the key to confront MOND with observations in this object. All in all, the situation regarding MOND and the internal dynamics of globular clusters remains unclear.

On the other hand, it has been noted that MOND seems to overpredict the Roche lobe volume of globular clusters [499, 500, 512]. Again, the fact that globular clusters could generically be on highly eccentric orbits could come to the rescue here. What is more, it was shown that, in MOND, globular clusters can have a cutoff radius, which is unrelated to the tidal radius when non-isothermal [397]. In general, the cutoff radii of dwarf spheroidals, which have comparable baryonic masses, are larger than those of the globular clusters, meaning that those may well extend to their tidal radii because of a possibly different formation history than globular clusters.

Finally, a last issue for MOND related to globular clusters [335, 377] is the existence of five such objects surrounding the Fornax dwarf spheroidal galaxy. Indeed, under similar environmental conditions, dynamical friction occurs on significantly shorter timescales in MOND than standard dynamics [95], which could cause the globular clusters to spiral in and merge within at most 2 Gyrs [377]. However, this strongly depends on the orbits of the globular clusters, and, in particular, on their initial radius [10], which can allow for a Hubble time survival of the orbits in MOND.

#### 6.6.4 Galaxy groups and clusters

*σ*

^{2}/

*R*is always observed to be on the order of

*a*

_{0}, thereby naturally explaining the linear relation between size and temperature for galaxy clusters [327, 392]. However, one of the main predictions of Milgrom’s formula is the

*baryonic Tully-Fisher*relation (circular velocity vs. baryonic mass, Figure 3), and its equivalent for isotropic pressure-supported systems, the Faber-Jackson relation (stellar velocity dispersion vs. baryonic mass, Figure 7), both for their slope and normalization. For systems such as galaxy clusters, where the hot intra-cluster gas is the major baryonic component, this relation can also be translated into a “gas temperature vs. baryonic mass” relation,

*M*

_{b}∝

*T*

^{2}, plotted on Figure 39, as the line log(

*M*

_{b}/

*M*

_{⊙}) = 2 log(

*T*/keV) + 12.9 (note that this differs slightly from [389] where solar metallicity gas is assumed). Note on this figure that observations are closer to the MOND predicted slope than to the conventional prediction of

*M ∝ T*

^{3/2}in ΛCDM, without the need to invoke preheating (a need that may arise as an artifact of the mismatch in slopes).

So, interestingly, the data are still reasonably consistent with the slope predicted by MOND [383], but not with the normalization. There is roughly a factor of two of residual missing mass in these objects [170, 354, 387, 389, 392, 453]. This conclusion, reached from applying the hydrostatic equilibrium equation to the temperature profile of the X-ray emitting gas of these objects, has also been reached for low mass X-ray emitting groups [12]. This is essentially because, contrary to the case of galaxies, there is observationally a need for “Newtonian” missing mass in the central parts^{42} of clusters, where the observed acceleration is usually slightly larger than *a*_{0}, meaning that the MOND prescription is not enough to explain the observed discrepancy between visible and dynamical mass there. For this reason, the residual missing mass in MOND is essentially concentrated in the central parts of clusters, where the ratio of MOND dynamical mass to observed baryonic mass reaches a value of 10, to then only decrease to a value of roughly ∼ 2 in the very outer parts, where almost no residual mass is present. Thus, the profile of this residual mass would thus consist of a large constant density core of about 100–200 kpc in size (depending on the size of the group/cluster in question), followed by a sharp cutoff.

- (i)
Practical falsification of MOND,

- (ii)
Evidence for missing baryons in the central parts of clusters,

- (iii)
Evidence for non-baryonic dark matter (existing or exotic),

- (iv)
Evidence that MOND is an incomplete paradigm,

- (v)
Evidence for the effect of additional fields in the parent relativistic theories of MOND, not included in Milgrom’s formula.

*diffuse*cold molecular gas at a temperature of ∼ 30 K. The proposition of Milgrom [310] rather relies on the work of Pfenniger & Combes [352], where dense gas clouds with a temperature of only a few Kelvin (∼ 3 K), solar-system size, and of a Jupiter mass, were considered to be possible candidates for both galactic and extragalactic dark matter. These clouds would behave in a

*collisionless*way, just like stars. However, since the dark mass considered in the context of MOND cannot be present in galaxies, it is not subject to the galactic constraints on such gas clouds. Note that the total sky covering factor of such clouds in the core of the clusters would be on the order of only 10

^{−4}, so that they would only occult a minor fraction of the X-rays emitted by the hot gas (and it would be a rather constant fraction). For the same reason, the chances of a given quasar having light absorbed by them is very small. Still, [310] notes that these clouds could be probed through X-ray flashes coming out of individual collisions between them. Of course, this speculative idea also raises a number of questions, the most serious one being how these clumps form and stabilize, and why they form only in clusters, X-ray emitting groups and some ellipticals at the center of these groups and clusters, but not in individual spiral galaxies. As noted above, the fact that missing mass in MOND is necessarily associated with an abundance of ionised gas could be a hint at a formation and stabilization process somehow linked with the presence of hot gas and X-ray emission themselves. Then, there is the issue of knowing whether the cloud formation would be prior to or posterior to the cluster formation. We note that a rather late formation mechanism could help increase the metal abundance, solving the problem of small-scale variations of metallicity in clusters when the clouds are destroyed [330]. Milgrom [310] also noted that these clouds could alleviate the cooling flow conundrum, because whatever destroys them (e.g., cloud-cloud collisions and dynamical friction between the clouds and the hot gas) is conducive to heating the core gas, and thus preventing it from cooling too quickly. Such a heating source would not be transient and would be quite isotropic, contrary to AGN heating.

*model-independent*experimental limits on the electron neutrino mass from the Mainz/Troitsk experiments, counting the highest energy electrons in the

*β*-decay of Tritium [234] are

*m*

_{ν}< 2.2 eV. Interestingly, the KATRIN experiment (the KArlsruhe TRItium Neutrino experiment, under construction) will be able to falsify these 2 eV electron neutrinos at 95% confidence. If the neutrino mass is substantially larger than the mass differences, then all types have about the same mass, and the cosmological density of three left-handed neutrinos and their antiparticles [392] would be

*m*

_{ν}is the mass of a single neutrino type in eV. If one assumes that clusters of galaxies respect the baryon-neutrino cosmological ratio, and that the MOND missing mass is mostly made of neutrinos as suggested by [389, 392], then the mass of neutrinos must indeed be around 2 eV. Combined with the effect of additional degrees of freedom in relativistic MOND theories (Section 7), it has been shown that the CMB anisotropies could also be reproduced (see Section 9.2 and [430]), while this hot dark matter would obviously free-stream out of spiral galaxies and would thus not perturb the MOND fits of Section 6.5.1. The main limit on the neutrino ability to condense in clusters comes from the Tremaine-Gunn limit [463], stating that the phase space density must be preserved during collapse. This is a density level half the quantum mechanical degeneracy level in phase-space:

*T*, is defined for a given mass of one neutrino type as [463]:

*T*> 4 keV (see also Section 8.3 for gravitational lensing constraints). This has the great advantage of naturally reproducing the proportionality of the electron density in the cores of clusters to

*T*

^{3/2}, as observed in [392]. However, looking at the central region of low-temperature X-ray emitting galaxy groups, it was found [12] that the needed central density of missing mass far exceeded this limit by a factor of several hundred. One would need one neutrino species with

*m*∼ 10 eV to reach the required densities. One exotic possibility is then the idea of right-handed eV-scale

*sterile*neutrinos [13]: as strange as this sounds, this mass for sterile neutrinos could also provide a good fit to the CMB acoustic peaks (see Section 9.2). This could indeed sound like the strangest and most complicated universe possible, combining true non-baryonic (hot) dark matter with a modification of gravity, but if this is what it takes to simultaneously explain the Kepler-like laws of galactic dynamics and the extragalactic evidence for dark matter, it is useful to remember that there are both good reasons for there being more particles than those of the standard model of particle physics and that there is no reason that general relativity should be valid over a wide range of scales where it has never been tested. In any case, experiments that can address the existence of such a ∼ 10 eV-scale sterile neutrino would thus be very interesting, as this kind of particle could provide the dark matter candidate

*only*in a modified gravity framework, since such a hot dark matter particle would be unable to form small structures and to provide the dark matter that would be needed in galaxies.

Yet another possibility (iv) would be that MOND is incomplete, and that a new scale should be introduced, in order to effectively enhance the value of *a*_{0} in galaxy clusters, while lowering it to its preferred value in galaxies. There are several ways to implement such an idea. For instance, Bekenstein [36] proposed adding a second scale in order to allow for effective variations of the acceleration constant as a function of the deepness of the potential (Eq. 27). This idea should be investigated more in the future, but it is not clear that such a simple rescaling of *a*_{0} would account for the exact spatial distribution of the residual missing mass in MOND clusters, especially in cases where it is displaced from the baryonic distribution (see Section 8.3). However, as even Gauss’ theorem would not be valid anymore in spherical symmetry, the high non-linearity might provide non-intuitive results, and it would thus clearly be worth investigating this suggestion in more detail, as well as developing similar ideas with other additional scales in the future (such as, for instance, the baryonic matter density; see [82, 143] and Section 7.6).

Finally, as we shall see in Section 7, parent relativistic theories of MOND often require additional degrees of freedom in the form of “dark fields”, which can nevertheless be globally subdominant to the baryon density, and thus do not necessarily act precisely as true “dark matter”. Thus, the last possibility (v) is that these fields, which are obviously not included in Milgrom’s formula, are responsible for the cluster missing mass in MOND. An example of such fields are the vector fields of TeVeS (Section 7.4) and Generalized Einstein-Aether theories (Section 7.7). It has been shown (see Section 9.2) that the growth of the spatial part of the vector perturbation in the course of cosmological evolution can successfully seed the growth of baryonic structures, just as dark matter does. If these seeds persist, it was shown [112] that they could behave in very much the same way as a dark matter halo in relatively unrelaxed galaxy clusters. However, it remains to be seen whether the spatially-concentrated distribution of missing mass in MOND would be naturally reproduced in all clusters. In other relativistic versions of MOND (see, e.g., Sections 7.6 and 7.9), the “dark fields” are truly massive and can be thought of as true dark matter (although more complex than simple collisionless dark matter), whose energy density outweighs the baryonic one, and could provide the missing mass in clusters. However, again, it is not obvious that the centrally-concentrated distribution of residual missing mass in clusters would be naturally reproduced. All in all, there is no obviously satisfactory explanation for the problem of residual missing mass in the center of galaxy clusters, which remains one of the most serious problems facing MOND.

## 7 Relativistic MOND Theories

In Section 6, we have considered the classical theories of MOND and their predictions in a vast number of astrophysical systems. However, as already stated at the beginning of Section 6, these classical theories are only toy-models until they become the weak-field limit of a relativistic theory (with invariant physical laws under differentiable coordinate transformations), i.e., an extension of general relativity (GR) rather than an extension of Newtonian dynamics. Here, we list the various existing relativistic theories boiling down to MOND in the quasi-static weak-field limit. It is useful to restate here that the motivation for developing such theories is not to get rid of dark matter but to explain the Kepler-like laws of galactic dynamics predicted by Milgrom’s law (see Section 5). As we shall see, many of these theories include new fields, so that dark matter is often effectively replaced by “dark fields” (although, contrary to dark matter, their energy density can be subdominant to the baryonic one; note that, even more importantly, in a static configuration these dark fields are fully determined by the baryons, contrary to the traditional dark matter particles, which may, in principle, be present independent of baryons).

These theories are great advances because they enable us to calculate the effects of gravitational lensing and the cosmological evolution of the universe in MOND, which are beyond the capabilities of classical theories. However, as we shall see, many of these relativistic theories still have their limitations, ranging from true theoretical or observational problems to more aesthetic problems, such as the arbitrary introduction of an interpolating function (Section 6.2) or the absence of an understanding of the \(\Lambda \sim a_0^2\) coincidence. What is more, the new fields introduced in these theories have no counterpart yet in microphysics, meaning that these theories are, *at best*, only effective. So, despite the existing effective relativistic theories presented here, the quest for a more profound relativistic formulation of MOND continues. Excellent reviews of existing theories can also be found in, e.g., [34, 35, 81, 100, 136, 183, 318, 429, 431].

*equivalence principle(s)*, in its weak (WEP), Einstein (EEP) and strong (SEP) form. The WEP states the universality of free fall, while the EEP states that one recovers special relativity in the freely falling frame of the WEP. These equivalence principles are obtained by assuming that all known matter fields are universally and minimally coupled to one single metric tensor, the physical metric. It is perfectly fine to keep these principles in MOND, although certain versions can involve another type of (dark) matter not following the same geodesics as the known matter, and thus effectively violating the WEP. Additionally, note that the local Lorentz invariance of special relativity could be

*spontaneously*violated in MOND theories. The SEP, on the other hand, states that all laws of physics, including gravitation itself, are fully independent of velocity and location in spacetime. This is obtained in GR by making the physical metric itself obey the Einstein-Hilbert action. This principle

*has*to be broken in MOND (see also Section 6.3). We now recall how GR connects with Newtonian dynamics in the weak-field limit, which is actually the regime in which the modification must be set in order to account for the MOND phenomenology of the ultra-weak-field limit. The action of GR written as the sum of the matter action and the Einstein-Hilbert (gravitational) action

^{43}:

*g*denotes the determinant of the metric tensor

*g*

_{μv}with (−, +, +, +) signature

^{44}, and

*R*=

*R*

_{μv}

*g*

^{μv}is its scalar curvature,

*R*

_{μv}being the Ricci tensor (involving second derivatives of the metric). The matter action is a functional of the matter fields, depending on them and their first derivatives. For instance, the matter action of a free point particle

*S*

_{pp}writes:

*x*and on their time-derivatives υ

^{μ}. Varying the matter action with respect to (w.r.t.) matter fields degrees of freedom yields the equations of motion, i.e., the geodesic equation in the case of a point particle:

*τ*=

*s*is approximately equal to

*ct*for slowly moving non-relativistic particles, and is the Christoffel symbol involving first derivatives of the metric. On the other hand, varying the total action w.r.t. the metric yields Einstein’s field equations:

*T*

_{μv}is the stress-energy tensor defined as the variation of the Lagrangian density of the matter fields over the metric.

*c*

^{3})

^{45}:

_{n}is the Newtonian gravitational potential. From the (0,0) components of the weak-field metric, one gets back Newton’s second law for massive particles \({d^2}{x^i}/d{t^2} = - \Gamma _{00}^i = - \partial {\Phi _N}/d{x^i}\) from the geodesic equation (Eq. 71). On the other hand, Einstein’s equations (Eq. 72) give back the Newtonian Poisson equation ∇

^{2}Φ

_{N}= 4π

*Gρ*. Thus, the metric plays the role of the gravitational potential, and the Christoffel symbol plays the role of acceleration. Note, however, that if timelike geodesics are determined by the (0, 0) component of the metric, this is not the case for null geodesics. While the gravitational redshift for light-rays is solely governed by the

*g*

_{00}component of the metric too, the deflection of light is, on the other hand, also governed by the components (more specifically by Φ — Ψ in the weak-field limit). This means that, in order for the anomalous effects of any modified gravity theory on lensing and dynamics to correspond to a similar

^{46}amount of “missing mass” in GR, it is crucial that Ψ ≃ −Φ in Eq. 73.

### 7.1 Scalar-tensor k-essence

MOND is an acceleration-based modification of gravity in the ultra-weak-field limit, but since the Christoffel symbol, playing the role of acceleration in GR, is not a tensor, it is, in principle, not possible to make a general relativistic theory depend on it. Another natural way to account for the departure from Newtonian gravity in the weak-field limit and to account for the violation of the SEP inherent to the external field effect is to resort to a scalar-tensor theory, as first proposed by [38]. The added scalar field can play the role of an auxiliary potential, and its gradient then has the dimensions of acceleration and can be used to enforce the acceleration-based modification of MOND.

*g*

_{μv}entering the matter action is then given by a conformal transformation of the Einstein metric

^{47}through an exponential coupling function:

*k-essence action*, with no potential and a non-linear, aquadratic, kinetic term

^{48}inspired by the AQUAL action of Eq. 16:

*k*is a dimensionless constant,

*l*is a length-scale, \(X = k{l^2}{{\tilde g}^{\mu \nu}}\phi {,_\mu}\phi {,_\nu}\), and

*f*(

*X*) is the “MOND function”. Since the action of the scalar field is similar to that of the potential in the Bekenstein-Milgrom version of classical MOND, this relativistic version is known as the

*Relativistic Aquadratic Lagrangian*theory, RAQUAL.

*static*configuration, the following modified Poisson’s equation for the scalar field:

_{n}+

*c*

^{2}

*ϕ*, with

*μ*-function of Milgrom’s law is extensively described in Section 6.2. We note that the standard choice for

*X*≪ 1 is

*f*′ (

*X*) ∼ (

*X*/

*3*)

^{1/2}, meaning that in order to recover \(\tilde \mu ({s}) = {s}/\xi\) for small

*s*, where

*ξ*=

*G*

_{n}/

*G*(see Section 6.2), one must define the length-scale as

*f*″(

*X*) > 0 [80]. Although it does not threaten causality [80], one has to check that the Cauchy problem is still well-posed for the field equations. It has been shown [80, 360] that it requires the otherwise free function

*f*to satisfy the following properties, ∀

*X*:

*μ*-function.

However, another problem was immediately realized at an observational level [38, 40]. Because of the conformal transformation of Eq. 75, one has that Ψ ≠ −Φ in the RAQUAL equivalent of Eq. 73. In other words, as it is well-known that gravitational lensing is insensitive to conformal rescalings of the metric, apart from the contribution of the stress-energy of the scalar field to the source of the Einstein metric [40, 81], the “non-Newtonian” effects of the theory respectively on lensing and dynamics do not *at all* correspond to similar amounts of “missing mass”. This is also considered a generic problem with any local pure metric formulation of MOND [441].

### 7.2 Stratified theory

*non-dynamical*timelike vector field

*U*

_{μ}= (−1,0,0,0) with unit-norm

*U*

^{2}= −1 (in terms of the Einstein metric), in order to enforce a

*disformal*relation between the Einstein and physical metrics:

*g*

_{00}component, and it then appears immediately that Ψ = −Φ in the weak-field limit (rhs terms of Eq. 73), and the problem of lensing is cured. However, the prescription that a 4-vector points in the time direction is not a covariant one, and the theory should involve strong preferred frame effects, although these can now be fully suppressed, as well as any deviation from GR at small distances, with an appropriate additional “Galileon” term in addition to the asymptotic deep-MOND k-essence term in the action of the scalar field [22] (the other advantage being that the interpolating function then does not have to be inserted by hand). In any case, endowing the vector field with covariant dynamics of its own has been the next logical step in developing relativistic MOND theories.

### 7.3 Original Tensor-Vector-Scalar theory

*U*

_{μ}with an action (

*K*being a dimensionless constant):

*U*

_{[μv]}playing the role of the Faraday tensor), but without the coupling term to the 4-current, and with a constraint term forcing the unit norm \({U^\mu}{U_\nu} = {{\tilde g}^{\mu \nu}}{U_\mu}{U_\nu} = - 1\) (λ being a Lagrange multiplier function, to be determined as the equations are solved). The first term in the integrand takes care of approximately aligning

*U*

_{μ}with the 4-velocity of matter (when simultaneously solving for (i) the Einstein-like equation of the Einstein metric \({{\tilde g}_{\mu \nu}}\), and for (ii) the vector equation obtained by varying the total action with respect to

*U*

_{μ}).

The static weak-field limit equation for the scalar field is precisely the same as Eq. 77, and the scalar field enters the static weak field metric Eq. 73 as Φ = −Ψ = ΞΦ_{N} + *c*^{2}ϕ meaning that lensing and dynamics are compatible, with Ξ being a factor depending on *K* and on the cosmological value of the scalar field (see Eq. 58 of [33]). This can be normalized to yield Ξ = 1 at redshift zero. Again, all the relations between the free function and Milgrom’s *μ*-function can be found in Section 6.2 (see also [145, 431]).

This theory has played a true historical role as a *proof of concept* that it was possible to construct a fully relativistic theory both enhancing dynamics and lensing in a coherent way and reproducing the MOND phenomenology for static configurations with the dynamical 4-vector pointing in the time direction. However, the question remained whether these static configurations would be stable. What is more, although a classical Hamiltonian^{49} unbounded from below in flat spacetime would not *necessarily* be a concern at the classical level (and even less if the model is only “phenomenological”), it would inevitably become a worry for the existence of a stable quantum vacuum (see however [196]). And indeed, it was shown in [98] that models with such “Maxwellian” vector fields having a TeVeS-like Lagrange multiplier constraint in their action have a corresponding Hamiltonian density that can be made arbitrarily large and negative (see also Section IV.A of [81]). What is more, even at the classical level, it has been shown that spherically-symmetric solutions of TeVeS are heavily unstable [412, 413], and that this type of vector field causes caustic singularities [105], in the sense that the integral curves of the vector are timelike geodesics meeting each other when falling into gravity potential wells. Thus, another form was needed for the action of the TeVeS vector field.

### 7.4 Generalized Tensor-Vector-Scalar theory

*c*

_{1},

*c*

_{2},

*c*

_{3},

*c*

_{4}. Interestingly, spherically-symmetric solutions depend only on the combination

*c*

_{1}—

*c*

_{4}, not on

*c*

_{2}and

*c*

_{3}that can, in principle be chosen to avoid the instabilities of the original TeVeS theory. Of course, the original unstable theory is also included in this generalization through a specific combination of the four

*c*

_{i}(see, e.g., [431]).

Thus, this generalized version is the current “working version” of what is now called TeVeS: a tensor-vector-scalar theory with an Einstein-like metric, an Einstein-Aether-like unit-norm vector field, and a k-essence-like scalar field, all related to the physical metric through Eq. 83. It has been extensively studied, both in its original and generalized form. It has for instance been shown that, contrary to many gravity theories with a scalar sector, the theory evidences no cosmological evolution of the Newtonian gravitational constant and only minor evolution of Milgrom’s constant *a*_{0} [145, 39]. However, the fact that the latter is still put in by hand through the length-scale of the theory *l* ∼ *c*^{2}/*a*_{0}, and has no dynamical connection with the Hubble or cosmological constant is perhaps a serious conceptual shortcoming, together with the free function put by hand in the action of the scalar field (but see [22] for a possible solution to the latter shortcoming). The relations between this free function and Milgrom’s *μ* can be found in [145, 431] (see also Section 6.2), the detailed structure of null and timelike geodesics of the theory in [431], the analysis of the parametrized post-Newtonian coefficients (including the preferred-frame parameters quantifying the local breaking of Lorentz invariance) in [173, 372, 391, 450], solutions for black holes and neutron stars in [244, 245, 247, 246, 374, 438, 439], and gravitational waves in [216, 214, 215, 373]. It is important to remember that TeVeS is *not* equivalent to GR in the strong regime, which is why it can be tested there, e.g., with binary pulsars or with the atomic spectral lines from the surface of stars [122], or other very strong field effects^{50}. However, these effects can always generically be suppressed (at the price of introducing a Galileon type term in the action [22]), and such tests would never test MOND as a paradigm. It is by testing gravity in the weak field regime that MOND can really be put to the test.

Finally, let us note that TeVeS (and its generalization) has been shown to be expressible (in the “matter frame”) *only* in terms of the physical metric *g*_{μv}, and the vector field *U*_{μ} [513], the scalar field being eliminated from the equations through the “unit-norm” constraint in terms of the Einstein metric \({{\tilde g}^{\mu \nu}}{U_\mu}{U_\nu} = - 1\), leading to *g*^{μv}*U*_{μ}*U*_{v} = −e^{−2ϕ}. In this form, TeVeS is sometimes thought of as GR with an additional “dark fluid” described by a vector field [503].

### 7.5 Bi-Scalar-Tensor-Vector theory

*f*(

*X*

_{TeVeS}) of Eq. 76, where \({X_{{\rm{TeVeS}}}} \sim ({{\tilde g}^{\mu \nu}} - {U^\mu}{U^\nu})\phi {,_\mu}\phi {,_\nu}\), could also be expressed as a potential

*V*of a non-dynamical scalar field

*q*, i.e., a scalar action for TeVeS of the form:

*qX*= −

*V*′(

*q*), and variation w.r.t.

*ϕ*yields the usual BM Poisson equation for

*ϕ*(Eq. 17), with \({q^2} \propto \tilde \mu (\sqrt X)\). Inspired by an older theory (Phase Coupling Gravity [32, 381]) devised in a partially successful attempt to eliminate superluminal propagation from RAQUAL (but plagued with the same gravitational lensing problem as RAQUAL, and with additional instabilities), Sanders [390] proposed to make this field dynamical by adding a kinetic term \({{\tilde g}^{\mu \nu}}q{,_\mu}q{,_\nu}\) in the action, leading to the following very general action for the scalar fields

*ϕ*and

*q*:

*ϕ*is the matter-coupling scalar field, while

*q*only influences the strength of that coupling. A remarkable achievement of the theory is that the quasi-static field equation for

*ϕ*can be obtained only in a cosmological context, and thereby naturally explains the connection between

*a*

_{0}and

*H*

_{0}[390]. What is more, oscillations of the

*q*field around its expectation value can be considered as massive dark matter, and is allowing an explanation of the peaks of the angular power spectrum of the Cosmic Microwave Background [390]. Unfortunately, various instabilities and a Hamiltonian unbounded by below have been evidenced in Section IV.A of [81], thus most likely ruling out this theory, at least in its present form.

### 7.6 Non-minimal scalar-tensor formalism

*one*scalar field is added, without any additional vector field, but where this field is coupled non-minimally to matter, in the sense that the matter-coupling depends on the scalar field itself but also on its first derivatives. In other words, the gradient of the scalar field is replacing the dynamical vector field of TeVeS. The simple scalar field action is just the normal action of a massive scalar field:

*V*(

*ϕ*) =

*l*

^{2}

*m*

^{2}ϕ

^{2}/2. The physical metric

*g*

_{μv}is then disformally related to the Einstein metric through (see Eq. 5.11 of [81]):

*Y*= (

*ηa*

_{0})

^{1/2}

*c*

^{−1}

*X*

^{−1/4}. The free function

*h*(

*Y*) is the “MOND function” playing the role of Milgrom’s

*μ*. An alternative formulation of the model is obtained by separating the matter action into a normal matter action and an “interaction term” between the scalar field, the metric and the matter fields [82]. Considering the massive scalar field as a dark matter fluid, this model can thus be interpreted as a non-standard baryon-dark-matter interaction leading to the MOND behavior. If the scalar mass is small enough, it is a pure MOND theory, but if it is higher, it can lead to a “DM+ MOND” behavior, especially noteworthy in regions of high gravity such as the center of galaxy clusters (see Section 6.6.4 and discussions in [82]). Let us note that, while this theory exhibits superluminal propagations outside of matter, it is, in principle, not a problem for causality [80]. It has also been possible to study the behavior of the theory

*within*matter, e.g., within the dilute HI gas inside galaxy disks (an analysis, which is mostly too difficult to perform in other models reviewed so far): this led to a deadly problem, i.e., that the Cauchy problem becomes ill-posed and the solutions to field equations ill-defined. A possible solution was proposed in [82], namely to make the matter coupling (or, equivalently, the baryon-scalar DM interaction) depend on the local density of matter

^{51}: this can also lead to an interesting phenomenology, where only gas-rich systems behave according to Milgrom’s law, while others would behave in a CDM way [143]. A lot remains to be studied within this framework.

### 7.7 Generalized Einstein-Aether theories

*minimally*to the matter fields, just like in GR. In fact, the modification of gravity in TeVeS thus only comes from the coupling of the physical metric to the vector field. The idea of Zlosnik et al. [514] was then that a similar, but simpler, modification of gravity could be obtained by devising a simple tensor-vector theory in the matter frame, with no a priori on the geometry of the physical metric. Starting from the extensively studied Einstein-Aether theories [206, 207], with a vector action of the type of Eq. 86, the idea is to make the k-essence free function

*f*(

*X*) (the “MOND function” of Eq. 76) act directly on the vector field rather than on an additional scalar field. This leads to

*vector kessence*, or

*Generalized Einstein-Aether*(GEA) theories (also called non-canonical Einstein-Aether theories), in which the Einstein-Hilbert and matter actions remain as in GR, but with an additional unit-norm vector field with the following action [431, 514]:

*X*

_{gea}∝ − |∇Φ|

^{2}, with Φ defined as in Eq. 73. The Einstein equation in the weak-field limit then yields a BM type of Poisson equation (Eq. 17) for the full gravitational potential Φ, with

*μ*=

*f*′ + (1 −

*f*′)/(1 −

*C*/2) and

*C*=

*c*

_{1}−

*c*

_{4}[431]. In the deep-MOND limit, the usual choice for

*f*is of the type \(f({X_{{\rm{gea}}}}) \propto {(- {X_{{\rm{gea}}}})^{3/2}} + 2{X_{{\rm{gea}}}}/C\), and the length-scale must be fixed as:

*ϕ*obeys a BM-like equation governed by an interpolating function \(\tilde \mu ({s})\), and where the total potential is given by Eq. 40.

The remarkable feature of GEA theories allowing for the desired enhancing of gravitational lensing without any on the form of the physical metric is that, writing the metric as in Eq. 73, it can be shown [431] that in the limit *X*_{gea} → 0 the action of Eq. 93 is only a function of ϒ = Φ + Ψ and is thus *invariant* under disformal transformations [Φ → Φ + *β*(*r*); Ψ → Ψ − *β*(*r*)], of the type of Eq. 83. These GEA theories are currently extensively studied, mostly in a cosmological context (see Section 9), but also for their parametrized post-Newtonian coefficients in the solar system [65] or for black hole solutions [451].

Interestingly, it has been shown that all these vector field theories (TeVeS, BSTV, GEA) are all part of a broad class of theories studied in [183]. Yet other phenomenologically-interesting theories exist among this class, such as, for instance, the *V*Λ models considered by Zhao & Li [502, 506, 510] with a *dynamical norm* vector field, whose norm obeys a potential (giving it a mass) and has a non-quadratic kinetic term à-la-RAQUAL, in order to try reproducing both the MOND phenomenology and the accelerated expansion of the universe, while interpreting the vector field as a fluid of neutrinos with varying mass [504, 505]. This has the advantage of giving a microphysics meaning to the vector field. Such vector fields have also been argued to arise naturally from dimensional reduction of higher-dimensional gravity theories [34, 261], or, more generally, to be necessary from the fact that quantum gravity could need a preferred rest frame [206] in order to protect the theory against instabilities when allowing for higher derivatives to make the theory renormalizable (e.g., in Horava gravity [64, 195]). Inspired by this possible need of a preferred rest frame in quantum gravity, relativistic MOND theories boiling down to particular cases of GEA theories in which the vector field is hypersurface-orthogonal have, for instance, been proposed in [61, 396].

### 7.8 Bimetric theories

*f*(

*X*) acting either on the contracted gradient of an added scalar field, with dimensions of acceleration (Eq. 85), or on a scalar formed with the first derivatives of a vector field (Eq. 94) with a unit-norm constraint relating it to the gradient of the potential in the physical metric. The “MOND function” could not act directly on the Christoffel symbol because this is not a tensor, and such a theory would thus violate general covariance. However, if there is more than one metric entering gravitation, the difference between the associated Christoffel symbols

*is*a tensor, and one can construct from it a scalar with dimensions of acceleration, on which the “MOND function” can act. Such theories in which there are two dynamical rank-2 symmetric tensor fields are called

*bimetric theories*[204, 205, 369]. Milgrom [312, 317] proposed to construct a whole parametrized class of bimetric MOND theories (dubbed BIMOND), involving an auxiliary metric, with various phenomenological behaviors in the weak-field limit, ranging from Bekenstein-Milgrom MOND to QUMOND as well as a mix of both (see [318]). As one example (parameters

*α*= −

*β*= − 1 in the general class of BIMOND theories, for which we refer the reader to the review [318]), the auxiliary metric \({{\hat g}_{\mu \nu}}\) can, e.g., be introduced precisely in the same way as the auxiliary potential Φ

_{ph}in the QUMOND classical action of Eq. 34:

*g*

_{μv}), as well as the following generalized Poisson equations:

*f*playing the role of

*H*in Eq. 34, with

*f*′(

*X*

_{bimond}) → 0 for

*X*

_{bimond}≫ 1 and \({f{\prime}}({X_{{\rm{BIMOND}}}}) \rightarrow X_{{\rm{BIMOND}}}^{- 1/4}\,{\rm{for}}\,{X_{{\rm{BIMOND}}}} \ll 1\). Note that the existence of this putative twin matter is far from being necessary (putting \(\hat \rho = 0\) everywhere yields exactly QUMOND), but it might be suggested by the existence of the auxiliary metric within the theory. Again, it is mandatory to stress that the formulation of BIMOND sketched above is actually far from unique and can be suitably parametrized to yield a whole class of BIMOND theories with various phenomenological behaviors [312, 317, 318]. For instance, in matter-twin matter symmetric versions of BIMOND (

*α*=

*β*=1, see [318]), and within a fully symmetric matter-twin matter system, a cosmological constant is given by the zero-point of the MOND function, naturally on the order of one, thereby naturally leading to \(\Lambda \sim a_0^2\) for the large-scale universe. Matter and twin matter would not interact at all in the high-acceleration regime, and would repel each other in the MOND regime (i.e., when the acceleration difference of the two sectors is small compared to

*a*

_{0}), thereby possibly playing a crucial role in the universe expansion and structure formation [316].

This promising broad class of theories should be carefully theoretically investigated in the future, notably against the existence of ghost modes [69]. At a more speculative level, this class of theories can be interpreted as a modification of gravity arising from the interaction between a pair of membranes: matter lives on one membrane, twin matter on the other, each membrane having its own standard elasticity but coupled to the other one. The way the shape of the membrane is affected by matter then depends on the combined elasticity properties of the double membrane, but matter response depends only on the shape of its home membrane. Interestingly, bimetric theories have also been advocated [256] to be a useful ingredient for the renormalizability of quantum gravity (although they currently considered theories with only metric interactions, not derivatives like in BIMOND).

### 7.9 Dipolar dark matter

As we have seen, many relativistic MOND theories do invoke the existence of new “dark fields” (scalar or vector fields), which, if massive, can even sometimes truly be thought of as “dark matter” enjoying non-standard interactions with baryons^{52} (Section 7.6 and [82]). The bimetric version of MOND (Section 7.8) also invokes the existence of a new type of matter, the “twin matter”. This clearly shows that, contrary to common misconceptions, MOND is not necessarily about “getting rid of dark matter” but rather about reproducing the success of Milgrom’s law in galaxies. It might require adding new fields, but the key point is that these fields, very massive or not, would *not* behave simply as collisionless particles.

^{53}four-vector gravitational dipole moment

*ξ*

^{μ}, following the analogy between Milgrom’s law and Coulomb’s law in a dieletric medium proposed by [56] (see Eq. 9) or between the Bekenstein-Milgrom modified Poisson equation and Gauss’ law in terms of free charge density (see Eq. 17). The dark matter medium is described as a fluid with mass current

*J*

^{μ}=

*ρu*

^{μ}(where

*ρ*is the equivalent of the mass density of the atoms in a dielectric medium, i.e., it is the ordinary mass density of a pressureless perfect fluid, and

*u*

^{μ}is the four-velocity of the fluid

^{54}.) endowed with the dipole moment vector

*ξ*

^{μ}(which will affect the total density in addition to the above mass density

*ρ*), with the following action [60]:

*perpendicular*to the four-velocity (not the norm of the polarization field

^{55}) of the polarization field

*P*

^{μ}=

*ρξ*

^{μ}, and where the dot denotes the covariant proper time derivative. The specific dynamics of this dark matter fluid will thus arise from the coupling between the current and the dipolar field (analogue to the coupling to an external polarization field in electromagnetism), as well as from the internal non-gravitational force acting on the dipolar dark particles and characterized by the potential (

*P*). Let us note that the normal matter action and the gravitational Einstein-Hilbert action are just the same as in GR.

*ξ*

^{μ}and w.r.t. to the current

*J*

^{μ}, boiling down in the non-relativistic limit to:

**v**is the ordinary velocity of the fluid,

**g**= −∇Φ is the gravitational field, and

**f**= − (

*/*

**P***P*)

*W′*/

*ρ*is the internal non-gravitational force field making the dark particles motion non-geodesic. What is more, the Poisson equation in the weak-field limit is recovered as:

*ρ*≪

*ρ*

_{b}) and is essentially at rest

**(v**= 0) because the internal force of the fluid precisely balances the gravitational force in such a way that the polarization field

**P**is precisely aligned with the gravitational one

**g**, and

*g*∝ −

*W′*(

*P*). The potential thus plays the role of the “MOND function”, and, e.g., choosing to determine it up to third order in expansion as

*n*= 1 “simple”

*μ*-function (see Eqs. 42 and 49).

This model has many advantages. The monopolar density of the dipolar atoms *ρ* will play the role of CDM in the early universe, while the minimum of the potential *W*(*P*) naturally adds a cosmological constant term, thus making the theory precisely equivalent to the ΛCDM model for expansion and large scale structure formation. The dark matter fluid behaves like a perfect fluid with zero pressure at first-order cosmological perturbation around a FLRW background and thus reproduces CMB anisotropies. Let us also note that, if the potential *W*(*P*) defining the internal force of the dipolar medium is to come from a fundamental theory at the microscopic level, one expects that the dimensionless coefficients in the expansion all be of order unity after rescaling by \(a_0^2\), thus naturally leading to the coincidence \(\Lambda \sim a_0^2\).

However, while the weak clustering hypothesis and stationarity of the dark matter fluid in galaxies are suppported by an exact and stable solution in spherical symmetry [58], it remains to be seen whether such a configuration would be a natural outcome of structure formation within this model. The presence of this stationary DM fluid being necessary to reproduce Milgrom’s law in stellar systems, this theory loses a bit of the initial predictability of MOND, and inherits a bit of the flexibility of CDM, inherent to invoking the presence of a DM fluid. This DM fluid could, e.g., be absent from some systems such as the globular clusters Pal 14 or NGC 2419 (see Section 6.6.3), thereby naturally explaining their apparent Newtonian behavior. However, the weak clustering hypothesis in itself might be problematic for explaining the missing mass in galaxy clusters, due to the fact that the MOND missing mass is essentially concentrated in the central parts of these objects (see Section 6.6.4).

### 7.10 Non-local theories and other ideas

All the models so far somehow invoke the existence of new “dark fields”, notably because for *local* pure metric theories, the Hamiltonian is generically unbounded from below if the action depends on a finite number of derivatives [81, 136, 441]. A somewhat provocative solution would thus be to consider *non-local* theories. A non-local action could, e.g., arise as an effective action due to quantum corrections from super-horizon gravitons [440]. Deffayet, Esposito-Farèse & Woodard [123] have notably exhibited the form that a pure metric theory of MOND could take in order to yield MONDian dynamics and MONDian lensing for a static, spherically-symmetric baryonic source.

*a*) and − (1 +

*b)*are the weak-field

*g*

_{rr}and

*g*

_{00}components of the static weak-field metric, respectively. The MOND modification to this action implies to obtain

*a*=

*rb′*= 2(

*GMa*

_{0})

^{1/2}/

*c*

^{2}as a solution in the deep-MOND limit, where the first equality ensures that lensing and dynamics are consistent, leading to the following tentative action in the ultra-weak-field limit [123]:

*l*=

*c*

^{2}/

*a*

_{0}and

*α*is an arbitrary constant. While it is

*impossible*to express this form of the action as a local functional of a general metric, Deffayet et al. [123] showed that it was entirely possible to do so in a non-local model, making use of the non-local inverse d’Alembertian and of a TeVeS-like vector field, introduced not as an additional “dark field”, but as a non-local functional of the metric itself (by, e.g., normalizing the gradient of the volume of the past light-cone). A whole class of such models is constructible, and a few examples are given in [123], for which stability analyses are still needed, though.

*T*

_{U}=

*ah*/(4

*π*

^{2}

*kc*) [110, 470], where

*h*is the Planck constant and

*k*the Boltzmann constant. On the other hand, a constant-accelerated observer in de Sitter spacetime (curved with a positive cosmological constant Λ) sees a non-linear combination of that vacuum radiation and of the Gibbons-Hawking radiation (with temperature

*T*

_{GH}= (Λ/3)

^{1/2}

*h*/(4

*π*

^{2}

*k*) [174]) due to the cosmological horizon in the presence of a positive Λ. Namely, the Unruh temperature of the radiation seen by such an accelerated observer in de Sitter spacetime is [174]

*T*

_{U}= (

*a*

^{2}+

*c*

^{2}Λ/3)

^{1/2}

*h*/(4

*π*

^{2}

*kc*). The idea of Milgrom [304] is to then define the right-hand side of the norm of Newton’s second law as being proportional to the difference between the two temperatures:

*F*=

*mμ*(

*a*/

*a*

_{0})

*a*with

*a*

_{0}=

*c*(Λ/3)

^{1/2}(which is, however, observationally too large by a factor 2

*π*) and the interpolating function

*μ*(

*x*) having the exact form of Eq. 54. In short, observers experiencing a very small acceleration would see an Unruh radiation with a small temperature close to the Gibbons-Hawking one, meaning that the inertial resistance defined by the difference between the two radiation temperatures would be smaller than in Newtonian dynamics, and thus the corresponding acceleration would be larger. However, no relativistic version (if at all possible) of this approach has been developed yet: a few difficulties arise due to the direction of the acceleration, or by the fact that stars in galaxies are free-falling objects along geodesics, and not accelerated by a non-gravitational force, as in the case of basic Unruh radiation. It was interestingly noted [308] that the de Sitter spacetime could be seen as a 4-dimensional pseudosphere embedded in a 5-dimensional flat Minkowski space, and that the acceleration of a constant-accelerated observer in this flat space would be exactly

*a*

_{5}= (

*a*

^{2}+

*c*

^{2}Λ/3)

^{1/2}. Then, MOND could arise from symmetry arguments in this 5-dimensional space similar to those leading to special relativity in Minkowski space [308]. Interestingly, arguments very similar to this whole vacuum radiation approach have also recently been made in the context of entropic gravity [191, 192, 224, 476]. Finally, another interesting idea to get MOND dynamics has been the tentative modification of special relativity, making the Planck length and the length

*l*= Λ

^{−1/2}∼

*c*

^{2}/

*a*

_{0}two new invariants, in addition to the speed of light, an attempt known as Triply Special Relativity [233]. In any case, despite all these attempts, there is still no fully-fledged theory of MOND at hand, which would derive from first principles, and the quest for such a formulation of MOND continues.

## 8 Gravitational Lensing in Relativistic MOND

The viable MOND theories from Section 7, although still mostly effective, have the great advantage of proving that constructing relativistic MOND theories *is* possible, and that it is thus possible to calculate from them the effects of gravitational lensing. But the non-uniqueness of the theories means that there is not really a unique prediction for gravitational lensing, especially in heavily-time-dependent configurations, or when the predictions of the theories for the expansion history of the universe deviate from the concordance model. As we have seen, some theories also deviate slightly from classical MOND predictions for dynamics of quasi-static systems, due to the presence of massive dark fields, and the same would of course happen for gravitational lensing. However, at the zeroth order, and in static weak-field configurations, we *can* make predictions for all theories whose expansion history would be similar to that of ΛCDM (see Section 9.1) and whose static weak-field limit is represented by a physical metric^{56} with Ψ = −Φ in Eq. 73 (Φ obeying Eq. 17). In this case, the way the light propagates on the null geodesics of this metric is exactly the same in all these theories once Φ is known. What differs from GR is only the relation between Φ and the underlying mass distribution of the lens.

### 8.1 Strong lensing by galaxies

*strong lensing*. In that case, most of the light bending occurs within a small range around the lens compared to the lens-source distance

*D*

_{ls}and the observer-source distance

*D*

_{s}(where the distances are the usual luminosity distances in cosmology). In this

*thin-lens approximation*

^{57}, the resulting deflection angle can be written as:

*to its original angular position in the source plane*

**θ***through:*

**β***α*derive from a deflection potential ϒ in the lens-plane:

*k*is directly given by the Laplacian of the deflection potential T:

*Einstein radius*is the radius within the lens-plane within which the mean convergence is 〈

*κ*κ = 1. The existence of a region where

*κ*is of that order is sufficient to produce multiple images and is the definition of strong lensing. On the other hand, the shear components

*γ*

_{1},

*γ*

_{2}are given by

*M*,

*f*

_{ab}=

*A*

_{a}/

*A*

_{b}. Let us finally note that (i) the time-delay between the different images can be deduced directly from the lensing potential and depends on the Hubble constant and convergence at the Einstein radius, and that (ii) points in the lens plane where

*M*

^{−1}= 0 (infinite magnification) form closed curves called the

*critical curves*. Their corresponding curves located in the source plane are called caustics. The location of the source with respect to caustics determines the number of images, a source outside of the outermost caustic producing only one image, while each caustic crossing changes the number of images by a factor of two. Spherically-symmetric models of galaxy lenses can never produce observed quadruple-imaged systems because the innermost caustic of spherical models degenerates into a point.

As outlined above, what differs from GR in *all* the relativistic MOND theories is the relation between the non-relativistic potential Φ and the underlying mass distribution of the lens *ρ*. However, different theories yield slightly different relations between Φ and *ρ* in the weak-field limit (see especially Sections 6.1 and 6.2). For instance, while GEA theories (Section 7.7) boil down to Eq. 17 in the static weak-field limit, TeVeS (Section 7.4) leads to the situation of Eq. 40, and BIMOND (Section 7.8) to Eq. 30. However, like in the case of rotation curves (see Figure 20), the differences are only minor outside of spherical symmetry (and null in spherical symmetry), and the global picture can be obtained by assuming a relation given by the BM equation (Eq. 17).

*f*

_{ab}. They used the

*α*= 0

*μ*-function of Eq. 46, and concluded that reasonably good fits could be obtained with a lens mass corresponding to the expected baryonic mass of the lens. Shan et al. [419] then improved the modelling method by considering analytic non-spherical models with locally-spherically-symmetric isopotentials on both sides of the symmetry plane

*z*= 0, implying no curl field correction

**(S**= 0) in Eq. 19. The MOND non-relativistic potential Φ can then analytically be written, and using Eq. 108, one can analytically compute the two components

*α*

_{1}and

*α*

_{2}of the deflection angle vector

*α*as a function of the three parameters of the model, namely the lens-mass and two scale-lengths controlling the extent and flattening of the lens (see Eq. 18 of [419]). Using the lens equation (Eq. 109), one can then trace back light-rays for each observed image to the source plane and fit the lens parameters as well as its inclination, in order for the source position to be the same for each image. The quality of the fit is thus quantified by the squared sum of the source position differences. This notably allowed [419] to fit in MOND the famous quadruple-imaged system Q2237+030 known as the Einstein cross (see Figure 41), a quasar gravitationally lensed by an isolated bulge-disk galaxy [197]. However, for three other quadruple-imaged systems of the CASTLES survey, the fits were less successful mostly because of the intrinsic limitations of the analytic model of Shan et al.[419] at reproducing at the same time both a large Einstein radius and a large shear. What is more it does not take into account the effects of the environment in the form of an external shear, which is also often needed in GR to fit quadruple-imaged systems. For 10 isolated double-imaged systems in the CASTLES survey, the fits were much more successful

^{58}. However, for non-isolated systems, especially for those lenses residing in groups or clusters, the need for an external shear might be coupled to a need for dark mass on galaxy group scales (see Section 6.6.4 and Section 8.3).

Due to the fact that all the above models were using the *Bekenstein μ-function* (*α* = 0 in Eq. 46), and that this function has a tendency of slightly underpredicting stellar mass-to-light ratios in galaxy rotation curve fits [145], it was claimed that this was a sign for a MOND missing mass problem in galaxy lenses [152, 153, 262]. While such a missing mass is indeed possible, and even corroborated by some dynamical studies [364] of galaxies residing inside clusters (i.e., the small-scale equivalent of the problem of MOND in clusters), for *isolated* systems with well-constrained stellar mass-to-light ratio, the use of the simple *μ*-function (*α* = 1 in Eq. 46) has, on the contrary, been shown to yield perfectly acceptable fits [94] in accordance with the lensing fundamental plane [400].

Finally, the probability distribution of the angular separation of the two images in a sample of lensed quasars has been investigated by Chen [90, 91]. This important question has proven somewhat troublesome for the ΛCDM paradigm, but is well explained by relativistic MOND theories [90].

### 8.2 Weak lensing by galaxies

A gravitational lens not only produces multiple images close to caustics, but also weakly distorted images (arclets) of other background sources. The weak and noisy signals from several individual arclets (not necessarily detected by eye, but rather numerically exploited with the help of image analysis) can be averaged by statistical techniques to get the shear components *γ*_{1} and *γ*_{2} in Eq. 114 from the mean ellipticity of the images. One can then get the convergence *κ* from the azimuthal average of the tangential component of the shear. This is what is known as weak *lensing*. In the case of galaxy-galaxy weak lensing, since the gravitational distortions induced by an individual lens are too small to be detected, one has to resort to the study of the ensemble averaged signal around a large number of lenses. This has been investigated in the context of MOND for a sample of relatively-isolated galaxy-lenses, stacked by luminosity ranges [456]. The derived MOND masses were obtained by fitting a point mass model to the lensing data within a distance of 200 kpc from the lens. While the MOND masses are perfectly compatible with the baryonic masses in all galaxies less luminous than 10^{11}*L*_{⊙}, it was found that the required MOND mass-to-light ratios tended to be slightly too high (*M*/*L* ≃ 10) for the most massive and luminous galaxies (*L* > 10^{11}*L*_{⊙}). However, this whole result is dictated by only one data point, which “pulls up” the result and make all the data points lie below the “best fit”, and the curve is “pulled up” strongly by only the first point. Thus, the mass-to-light ratios could easily be scaled down by a factor of two, making these galaxies in perfect agreement with MOND. But it is also worth noting that due to the very large distances probed, the presence of some weakly-clustering residual mass (hot dark matter, or some sort of “dark field” in the relativistic MOND theories) could start playing a role at these distances. While ordinary neutrinos are still too weakly clustering, a slightly more massive fermion such as a 10 eV-scale sterile neutrino could cluster on these scales, and, of course, the presence of baryonic dark matter in the form of dense molecular gas clouds could also be present around these very massive objects (see Section 6.6.4).

Also related to weak lensing, it is important to recall that the “phantom dark matter” of MOND (Eq. 33) can sometimes become negative in cones perpendicular to the direction of the external gravitational field in which a system is embedded: with accurate enough weak-lensing data, detecting these pockets of negative phantom densities around a sample of non-isolated galaxies could, in principle, be a smoking gun for MOND [490], but such an effect would be extremely sensitive to the detailed distribution of the baryonic matter, and finding a sample of galaxies with similar gravitational environments would also be extremely difficult.

### 8.3 Strong and weak lensing by galaxy clusters

*z*= 0.3. In the collision, the dissipational hot X-ray emitting gas which dominates the baryonic matter was separated from the negligible and collisionless galaxies and any presumed collisionless dark matter. Using background galaxies to map the shear field, the convergence map of the cluster was provided by [102], a convergence very conspicuously centered where the collisionless dark matter should be

^{59}. It would appear difficult to reconstruct such a configuration merely by modifying gravity, but the non-linearity of MOND does not guarantee that the convergence from a two-center baryonic distribution would indeed be centered on the two centers. Indeed, while the linear relation between the matter density and the gravitational potential implies that the convergence parameter is a direct measurement of the projected surface density in the weak-field limit of GR, this is not the case anymore in MOND due to the non-linearity of the modified Poisson equation. Actually, it has been shown that, in MOND, it is possible to have a non-zero convergence along a line of sight where there is zero projected matter [15]. What is more, the gravitational environment might play an important role on the internal gravitational field too [113, 259], and the additional degrees of freedom of the various relativistic theories might play a non-negligible role, especially in non-static situations [112]. Neglecting possible effects of the gravitational environment and non-trivial features of the additional fields of the relativistic theories out of equilibrium, i.e., simply assuming that the physical metric is given by Ψ = −Φ in Eq. 73, and that Φ obeys Eq. 17, a MOND model of the bullet cluster was produced [17], in which a parametrized potential was fitted to the convergence map to then determine the underlying mass distribution from Eq. 17. The result is displayed in Figure 43, and exactly the same conclusion was reached by going from the baryonic density to the convergence map [147]. The main conclusions are that (i) the amount of residual missing mass needed to account for the convergence map of the bullet cluster is the same as in all other clusters (Section 6.6.4 and [449]), but that (ii) if it is made of dark baryons, they must be in a

*collisionless*form, since the residual missing mass is centered on the collisionless galaxies and not on the dissipational hot gas. The dense molecular gas clouds proposed by Milgrom [310] (see discussion in Section 6.6.4) satisfy this criterion, and would mostly behave like individual stars. Like in most clusters with

*T*> 4 keV, ordinary neutrinos with a 2 eV mass would be broadly sufficient to account for the missing mass deduced from weak lensing (and, obviously, heavier exotic hot dark matter particles such as 10 eV sterile neutrinos would do the job too).

For TeVeS (Section 7.4) and GEA (Section 7.7), the growth of the spatial part of the vector perturbation in the course of cosmological evolution can successfully seed the growth of baryonic structures, just as dark matter does, and it is possible to reconstruct the gravitational field of the bullet cluster without any extra matter but with a substantial contribution from the vector field. However, why the dynamical evolution of the vector field perturbations would lead to precisely such a configuration remains unclear. Similarly, the massive scalar field of Section 7.6 or the monopolar part of the dipolar DM of Section 7.9 could, in principle, provide the off-centered missing mass too, but again, why they would appear distributed as they do remains unclear, especially in the case of dipolar DM, which is supposed to cluster only very weakly, and, in principle, not to appear as densely clustered. Whether the twin matter of BIMOND (Section 7.8) could help providing the right convergence map also remains to be seen, while for non-local models (Section 7.10), there is a strong dependence on the past light-cone, meaning that recently-disturbed systems, such as the Bullet, may be far from the static MOND limit (but in that case, it would not be clear why all the other clusters from Section 6.6.4 exhibit the same amount of residual missing mass). So, while the bullet cluster clearly does not represent the MOND-killer that it was supposed to be, explaining its convergence map remains an outstanding challenge for all MOND theories. However, the bullet cluster also represents an outstanding challenge to ΛCDM (see Section 4.2), due to its high collision speed [249]. In that respect, MOND is much more promising [16].

On the other hand, a comprehensive weak lensing mass reconstruction of the rich galaxy cluster Cl0024+17 at *z* = 0.4 [211] has been argued to have revealed the first dark matter structure that is offset from *both* the gas and galaxies in a cluster. This structure is ringlike, located between *r* ∼ 60″ and *r* ∼ 85′. It was, again, argued to be the result of a collision of two massive clusters 1–2 Gyr in the past, but this time along the line-of-sight. It has also been argued [211] that this offset was hard to explain in MOND. Assuming that this ringlike structure is real and not caused by instrumental bias or spurious effects in the weak lensing analysis (due, e.g., to the unification of strong and weak-lensing or to the use of spherical/circular priors), and that cluster stars and galaxies do not make up a high fraction of the mass in the ring (which would be too faint to observe anyway), it has been shown that, for certain interpolating functions with a sharp transition, this is actually *natural* in MOND [325]. A peak in the phantom dark matter distribution generically appears close to the transition radius of MOND *r*_{t} = (*GM*/*a*_{0})^{1/2}, especially when most of the mass of the system is well-contained inside this radius (which is the case for the cluster Cl0024+17). This means that the ring in Cl0024+17 could be the first manifestation of this pure MOND phenomenon, and thus be a resounding success for MOND in galaxy clusters. However, the sharpness of this phantom dark matter peak strongly depends on the choice of the *μ*-function, and for some popular ones (such as the “simple” *μ*-function) the ring cannot be adequately reproduced by this pure MOND phenomenon. In this case, a collisional scenario would be needed in MOND too, in order to explain the feature as a peak of cluster dark matter. Indeed, we already know that there is a mass discrepancy in MOND clusters, and we know that this dark matter must be in collisionless form (e.g., neutrinos or dense clumps of cold gas). So the results of the simulation with purely collisionless dark particles [211] would surely be very similar in MOND gravity. Again, it was shown that the density of missing mass was compatible with 2 eV ordinary neutrinos, like in most clusters with *T* > 4 keV [139]. Finally, let us note that strong lensing was also recently used as a robust probe of the matter distribution on scales of 100 kpc in galaxy clusters, especially in the cluster Abell 2390 [149]. A residual missing mass was again found, compatible with the densities provided by fermionic hot dark matter candidates only for masses of ∼ 10 eV and heavier. All in all, the problem posed by gravitational lensing from galaxy clusters is thus very similar to the one posed by the temperature profiles of their X-ray emitting gas (Section 6.6.4), and remains one of the two main current problems of MOND, together with its problem at reproducing the CMB anisotropies (see Section 9.2).

Finally, let us note in passing that another (non-lensing) test of relativistic MOND theories in galaxy clusters has been performed by analysing the gravitational redshifts of galaxies in 7800 galaxy clusters [489], which were originally found to be difficult to reconcile with MOND: however, this original analysis assumed a distribution of residual missing mass in MOND by simply scaling down the Newtonian dynamical mass represented by a NFW halo by a factor 0.8, and the analysis confused the interpolating functions *μ*(*x*) and \(\tilde \mu (x)\) (see Section 6.2). A subsequent analysis [41] showed that these gravitational redshifts were in accordance with relativistic MOND when the correct residual mass and acceptable *μ*-functions were used.

### 8.4 Weak lensing by large-scale structure

*Newtonianly perturbed*FLRW metric:

*a*(

*t*) is the scale factor. Like in the static weak-field case (Eq. 73), Φ is the non-relativistic potential in units of

*c*

^{2},

*but*the equality Ψ = − Φ in Eq. 73 does

*not*necessarily imply the equality in Eq. 116. In GR, this equality is actually respected for both cases (apart from perturbations around a FLRW background sourced by anisotropic stress), but the relativistic MOND theories, which have been constructed in order to yield the equality for the static weak-field limit in Eq. 73, do

*not*harbor this equality in the perturbed FLRW case, and the quantity Φ + Ψ is referred to as the

*gravitational slip*. For instance, in the TeVeS (Sections 7.3 and 7.4) and GEA (Section 7.7) theories, based on unit-norm vector fields, the equality is broken due to the growth of vector perturbations in the course of cosmological evolution (see, e.g., [128] and Section 9.2).

Like in the static case, weak gravitational lensing from large-scale structure will actually depend on Φ–Ψ, whereas galaxy clustering will arise only from the non-relativistic potential Φ. By combining information on the matter overdensity at a given redshift (obtained by measuring the peculiar velocity field) and on the weak lensing maps, Zhang et al. [498] proposed a clever method to observationally estimate Φ — Ψ This allowed Reyes et al. [362] to use luminous red galaxies in the SDSS survey in to exclude one model from the original TeVeS theory (Section 7.3) with the original *f*(*X*) function of [33], thus explicitly showing how such measurements could be a possible future smoking-gun for all theories based on dynamical vector fields. But note that other MOND theories such as BIMOND would not be affected by such measurements.

However, let us finally note a caveat in the interpretation of the weak lensing shear map in the context of relativistic MOND. While intercluster filaments negligibly contribute to the weak lensing signal in GR, a single filament inclined by π/4 from the line of sight can cause substantial distortion of background sources pointing toward the filament’s axis in relativistic MOND theories [148]. Since galaxies are generally embedded in filaments or are projected on such structures, this contribution should be taken into account when interpreting weak lensing data. This additional difficulty for interpreting weak-lensing data in MOND is not only true for filaments, but more generally for all low-density structure such as sheets and voids.

## 9 MOND and Cosmology

### 9.1 Expansion history

A viable theory of modified gravity, including dark fields or not, should not only be able to reproduce observations in quasi-stationary galactic and extragalactic systems, but also to reproduce all of the major probes of observational cosmology, including (i) the Hubble diagram out to large *z*, (ii) the anisotropies in the cosmic microwave background (CMB), and (iii) the matter power spectrum on large scales. The first requires a detailed knowledge of FLRW cosmology, and the last two a knowledge of cosmological perturbations on a FLRW background.

Concerning the first point, the FLRW solutions have been extensively studied for TeVeS (Sections 7.3 and 7.4, see, e.g., [70]) and GEA (Section 7.7, see, e.g., [515]) theories, for BIMOND (Section 7.8, see, e.g., [101]), and for theories based on dipolar dark matter (Section 7.9, see, e.g., [60]). In the latter case, the theory [58, 60] has been shown to be strictly equivalent to ΛCDM out to first-order cosmological perturbations (but very different in the galaxy formation regime), together with a natural explanation for \(\Lambda \sim a_0^2\). For the other theories, it has been shown that the contribution of the extra fields to the overall expansion is subdominant to the baryonic mass and does not affect the overall expansion [151]. Such theories can predict an extremely wide range of cosmological behavior, ranging from accelerated expansion to contraction on a finite time scale [70]. The key point is that the expansion history mainly depends on the form of the “MOND function” *f*(*X*) for the *unconstrained* domain *X* < 0 in any of these theories.

*X*∝ (∇

*ϕ*)

^{2}> 0 in static configurations (see Eq. 85), and

*X*∝ −2(

*∂ϕ*/

*∂t*)

^{2}in evolving homogeneous and isotropic configurations such as the expanding universe. The form of

*f*(

*X*) is clearly constrained from the MOND phenomenology

*only*for

*X*> 0, meaning that

*a lot*of freedom exists for

*X*< 0. Exactly the same is true in GEA and BIMOND theories [101]. For instance, Bekenstein [33] originally proposed for TeVeS an

*f*′-function (corresponding to \({\tilde \mu}\), see Eq. 79) with a discontinuity at

*X*= 0 (the B04 function on Figure 44) not enabling galaxies to collapse continuously out of the Hubble expansion. Afterwards, Zhao & Famaey proposed an improved “mirror-function”

*f*′(

*X*) such that the corresponding \({\tilde \mu}\)-function reproduces the simple

*μ*-function (

*α*= 1 in Eq. 46) for

*X*> 0, and

*f*(

*X*) =

*f*(−

*X*) for the cosmological regime

*X*< 0 (see Figure 44, leading to an acceptable expansion history. However, when connecting a static galaxy to the expanding universe, the limit \(\tilde \mu (0) = 0\) would predict the existence of a singular surface around each galaxies on which the scalar degree of freedom does not propagate, meaning that it is better to reconnect the two sides at \(\tilde \mu (0) = \varepsilon\) (see Section 6.2). In addition, the integration constant

*f*(0) can play the role of the cosmological constant [184] to drive accelerated expansion, but even some

*f*(0) = 0 models can drive late-time acceleration [125], which is not surprising since k-essence scalar fields were also introduced to address the dark energy problem. In the case of BIMOND (see Section 7.8), a symmetric matter-twin matter early universe yields a cosmological constant through the zero-point of the MOND function, thereby naturally leading to \(\Lambda \sim a_0^2\).

All in all, with the additional freedom of a hypothetical dark component in the matter sector, in the form of, e.g., ordinary or sterile neutrinos, playing with the form of *f*(*X*) for *X* < 0 in TeVeS, GEA and BIMOND always allows one to reproduce an expansion history and a Hubble diagram almost precisely identical to ΛCDM, justifying the assumption made in Section 8 of an expansion history for gravitational lensing in relativistic MOND. However, it is important to note that MOND theories are not providing a unique prediction on this.

### 9.2 Large-scale structure and Cosmic Microwave Background

Modified gravity theories should, of course, not only produce a reasonable Hubble expansion but also reproduce the observed anisotropies in the CMB, and the matter power spectrum. Taken at face value, these require not only dark matter, but non-baryonic cold dark matter. Any alternative theory must account for these, just as dark matter models need to explain galaxy scale phenomenology.

Using the hypothesis that the universe is filled with some form of cold dark matter, it is possible to simultaneously fit observations of the CMB [229] and provide an elegant picture for the growth of large scale structure [444]. Thus, an obvious question is how MOND fares with these subjects. Of course, as we have seen, there is no unique existing MOND theory (Section 7), and the basic theory underlying MOND as a paradigm is probably yet to be found. Nevertheless, we can make a few general considerations about how any MOND theory should behave, and then look in more details at specific predictions from existing relativistic theories. The general picture is that, in some ways MOND does surprisingly well, in others it clearly gives no real unique prediction by now, and in still others it appears to fail outright.

If one alters the force law as envisioned by MOND, the effective long-range force becomes stronger. Though details will, of course, depend on the specific relativistic theory, we can speculate about the consequences of a MOND-like force in cosmology. Note, however, that most of what follows cannot be rigorously justified at the moment for lack of a compelling unique underlying theory. But, obviously, because of the stronger force, dynamical measures of the cosmic mass density will be overestimated, just as in galaxies. Applying MOND to the peculiar motions of galaxies yields Ω_{m} ≈ Ω_{b} [279]. There are large uncertainties in estimating the extragalactic peculiar acceleration field, so this merely shows that MOND might alleviate the need for non-baryonic dark matter inferred conventionally from Ω_{m} > Ω_{b}.

The stronger effective gravitational attraction of MOND would change the growth rate of perturbations. Instead of adding dark mass to speed the growth of structure, we now rely on the modified force law to do the work. While it is obvious that MOND will form structures more rapidly than conventional gravity with the same source perturbation, we immediately encounter a challenge posed by the non-linear nature of the theory, precluding an easy linear perturbation analysis. One can nevertheless sketch a naive overview of how structure might form under the influence of MOND. The following picture emerges from numerical calculations of particles interacting under MOND in an assumed background [386, 341, 226, 250], and is thus obviously slightly (or very) different from the various relativistic MOND theories of Section 7 and from those yet to be found, especially from those MONDian theories involving the existence of some form of dark matter (twin matter, dipolar dark matter, etc.). In the early universe, perturbations cannot grow because the baryons are coupled to the photon fluid. The mass density is lower, so matter domination occurs later than in ΛCDM. Consequently, MOND structure formation initially has to lag behind ΛCDM at very high redshift (*z* > 200). However, as the influence of the photon field declines and perturbations begin to enter the MOND regime, structure formation rapidly speeds up. Large galaxies may form by *z* ≈ 10 and clusters by *z* ≈ 2 [11, 386], considerably earlier than in ΛCDM. By *z* = 0, the voids have become more empty than in ΛCDM, but otherwise simulations (of collisionless particles, which is, of course, not the best representation of the baryon fluid) show the same qualitative features of the cosmic web [226, 250]. This similarity is not surprising since MOND is a subtle alteration of the force law. The chief difference is in the timing of when structures of a given mass appear, it being easier to assemble a large mass early in MOND. This means that MOND is promising in addressing many of the challenges of Section 4.2, namely the high-z clusters challenge [11] and Local Void challenge, as well as the bulk flow challenge and high collisional velocity of the bullet cluster [16, 251], again due to the much-larger-than-Newtonian MOND force in the structure formation context. What is more, it could allow large massive galaxies to form early (*z* ≈ 10) from monolithic dissipationless collapse [393], with well-defined relationships between the mass, radius and velocity dispersion. Consequently, there would be less mergers than in ΛCDM at intermediate redshifts, in accordance with constraints from interacting galaxies (see Section 6.5.3), which could explain the observed abundance of large thin bulgeless disks unaffected by major mergers (see Section 4.2), and in those rare mergers between large spirals, tidal dwarf galaxies would be formed and survive more easily (see Section 6.5.4). This could lead to the intriguing possibility that most dwarf galaxies are not primordial but have been formed tidally in these encounters [239]. These populations of satellite galaxies, associated with globular clusters that formed along with them, would naturally appear in (more than one) closely related planes (because a gas-rich galaxy pair undergoes many close encounters in MOND before merging, see Section 6.5.3), thereby perhaps providing a natural solution to the Milky Way satellites phasespace correlation problem of Section 4.2. What is more, the density-morphology relation for dwarf ellipticals (more dE galaxies in denser environments [239]), observed in the field, in galaxy groups and in galaxy clusters could also find a natural explanation.

Actually, the chief problem seems not to be forming structure in MOND, but the danger of over-producing it [341, 401]. The amplitude of the power spectrum is well measured at *z* = 1091 in the CMB and at *z* ≈ 0 by surveys like the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Simulations normalized to the CMB overproduce the structure at *z* = 0 by a factor of ∼ 2. Given the uncertainty in the parent relativistic theory and hence the appropriate form of the expansion history, this seems remarkably close. Given the non-linear nature of the theory, MOND could easily have been wrong by many orders of magnitude in this context. Nevertheless, it may be necessary to somehow damp the growth of structure at late times [401]. In this regard, a laboratory measurement of the ordinary neutrino mass might be relevant. Conventional structure cannot form in ΛCDM if *m*_{ν} > 0.2 eV [229]. In contrast, some modest damping from a non-trivial neutrino mass might be desirable in MOND, and is also relevant to the CMB and clusters of galaxies (see Section 6.6.4).

In addition to mapping the growth factor as a function of redshift, one would also like to predict the power spectrum of mass fluctuations as a function of scale at a given epoch. It is certainly possible to match the power spectrum of galaxies at *z* = 0 [401], but because of MOND’s non-linearity and the uncertainty in the background cosmology, it is rather harder to know if such a match faithfully represents a viable theory. Indeed, a natural prediction of baryon-dominated cosmologies is the presence of strong baryon acoustic oscillations in the matter power spectrum at *z* = 0 [267, 127]. Dodelson [127] portrays this as a problem, but as already pointed out in [267], the non-linearity of MOND can lead to mode mixing that washes out the initially strong signal by *z*= 0. A more interesting test would be provided by the galaxy power spectrum at high redshift (*z* ∼ 5). This is a challenging observation, as one needs both a large survey volume and high resolution in-space. The latter requirement arises because the predicted features in the power spectrum are very sharp. The window functions necessarily employed in the analysis of large scale structure data are typically wider than the predicted features. Convolution of the predicted power spectrum with the SDSS analysis procedure [326] shows that essentially all the predicted features wash out, with the possible exception of the strongest feature on the largest scale. This means that the BAO signal detected by SDSS and consistent with ΛCDM [135] could also be interpreted as a confirmation of the prediction [267] of such features^{60} in MOND. However, there is no definitive requirement that the BAO appears at the same scale as observed, or that it survives at all. In relativistic theories such as TeVeS (Section 7.3 and 7.4), damping of the baryonic oscillations can be taken care of by parameters of the theory such as in original TeVeS (Eq. 84, see Figure 3 of [430]) or the *c*_{i} coefficients in generalized TeVeS (Eq. 87). In any case, as in standard cosmology, the angular power spectrum of the CMB should be a cleaner probe.

*ansatz*[265]: just as MOND returns precisely Newton in high accelerations, so any parent theory should contain GR (almost exactly, although this is not precisely the case for, e.g., TeVeS) in the appropriate strong-field limit. An obvious first assumption is that MOND effects do not yet appear in the very early universe, so that pure GR suffices for calculations concerning the CMB. The chief difference between ΛCDM and a MONDian cosmology is then just the presence or absence of non-baryonic cold dark matter. With this

*ansatz*, we can make one robust prediction: the shape of the acoustic power spectrum should follow pure baryonic diffusion damping. There is no net forcing term, as provided by the extra degree of freedom of non-baryonic cold dark matter. Thus, with nothing but baryons, each acoustic peak should be lower than the previous one [425] as part of a simple damping tail (Figure 45). In contrast, there must be evidence of forcing present in a power spectrum where CDM outweighs the baryons.

The density of both the baryons and the non-baryonic cold dark matter are critical to the shape of the acoustic power spectrum. For a given baryon density, models with CDM will have a larger second peak than models without it. Similarly, the third peak is always lower than the second in purely baryonic models, while it can be either higher or lower in CDM models, depending on the mix of each type of mass. Moreover, both parameters were well constrained prior to observation of the CMB [468]: *Ω*_{b} from BBN [480] and *Ω*_{m} from a variety of methods [116]. Therefore, it seemed like a straightforward exercise to predict the difference one should observe. The most robust prediction that could be made was the ratio of the amplitude of the first to second acoustic peak [265]. For the range of baryon and dark matter densities allowed at the time, ΛCDM predicted a range in this ratio anywhere from 1.5 to 1.9. That is, the first peak should be almost but not quite twice as large as the second, with the precise value containing the information necessary to much better constrain both density parameters. For the same baryon densities allowed by BBN but no dark matter, the models fell in a distinct and much narrower range: 2.2 to 2.6, with the most plausible value being 2.4. The second peak is smaller (so the ratio of first to second higher) because there is no driving term to counteract baryonic damping. In this limit, the small range of relative peak heights follows directly from the narrow range in *Ω*_{b} from BBN.

The BOOMERanG experiment [117] provided the first data capable of testing this prediction, and was in good agreement with the no-CDM prediction [268]. This result was subsequently confirmed by WMAP, which measured a ratio 2.34 ± 0.09 [345]. This is in good quantitative agreement with the prediction of the no-CDM *ansatz*, and outside the range first expected in ΛCDM. ΛCDM can nevertheless provide a good fit to the CMB power spectrum. The chief parameter adjustment required to obtain a fit is the baryon density, which must be increased: this is the reason for the near doubling of the long-standing value *Ω*_{b}*h*^{2} = 0.0125 [480] to the more recent *Ω*_{b}*h*^{2} = 0.02249 [229].

*Ω*

_{b}

*h*

^{2}> 0.02 prior to fits to the CMB requiring such a high value. This is an important fact to bear in mind, since historically cosmology has a long tradition of confirmation bias

^{61}. More recent measurements of deuterium and helium are consistent with the high baryon density required by ΛCDM fits to the CMB. Lithium persistently suggests a lower baryon density, consistent with pre-CMB values. If we are convinced of the correctness of ΛCDM, then it is easy to dismiss this as some peculiarity of stars — if exposed to the high temperatures in the cores of stars by turbulent mixing, lithium might be depleted from it primordial value. If we are skeptical of ΛCDM, then it is no surprise that measurements of the primordial lithium abundance return the same value now as they did before. From the perspective of the no-dark matter MOND view, the CMB, lithium, deuterium, and helium all give a consistent baryon density given the uncertainties.

However, the no-CDM *ansatz* must fail at some point. It could fail outright if the parent MOND theory deviates substantially from GR in the early universe. However, the more obvious [265] points of failure are rather due to the anticipated early structure formation in MOND discussed above. This should lead, in a true MOND theory, to early re-ionization of the universe and an enhancement of the integrated Sachs-Wolfe effect. Evidence for both these effects are present in the WMAP data [269]. Indeed, it turns out to be rather easy, and perhaps too easy, to enhance the integrated Sachs-Wolfe (ISW) effect in theories like TeVeS or GEA [430, 516]. Nevertheless, early re-inioniaztion is an especially natural consequence of MOND structure formation that was predicted a priori [265]. In contrast, structure is expected to build up more slowly in ΛCDM such that obtaining the observed early re-ionization implies that the earliest objects to collapse were ∼ 50 times as efficient at converting mass to ionizing photons as are collapsed objects at the present time [435].

One prediction of the no-CDM *anzatz* that should not obviously fail is that the third peak should be smaller than the second peak of the acoustic power spectrum of the CMB. In a universe governed by MOND rather than cold dark matter, there is no obvious non-baryonic mass that is decoupled from the photon-baryon fluid. Therefore, it is a strong expectation that we observe only baryonic damping in the power spectrum, and each peak should be smaller in amplitude than the previous one. Contrary to this expectation, WMAP observes the third peak to be nearly equal in amplitude to the second [442, 229]. This approximate equality of the second and third peaks falsifies the simple no-CDM *anzatz*.

The PLANCK mission should soon report a new and much higher resolution measurement of the CMB acoustic power spectrum. It is conceivable^{62} that improved data will reveal a different power spectrum. A third peak as low as that expected in the no-CDM *anzatz* would be one of the few observations capable of clearly falsifying the existence of cosmic non-baryonic dark matter. A more likely result is basic confirmation of existing observations with only minor tweaks to the exact power spectrum. Such a result would have little impact on the discussion here as it would simply confirm the need for some degrees of freedom in relativistic MOND theories that can play a role analogous to CDM. However, the uncertainties on the best fit cosmological parameters may become negligibly small. Precise as current data are, cosmology (with the exception of BBN) is still far from being over-constrained. Hopefully, PLANCK data will be sufficiently accurate that they either agree or clearly do not agree^{63} with a host of other observations.

- (i)
Practical falsification of MOND,

- (ii)
Proof of the existence of some form of non-baryonic matter particles,

- (iii)
An indication of some necessary additional freedom in relativistic parent theories of MOND, playing the role of the non-baryonic mass in the CMB

^{64}.

*m*

_{ν}≈ 1 eV to 2 eV for the three neutrino species provides a good match to the width of the acoustic peaks of the CMB [269], which are otherwise too wide in a purely baryonic universe. Note that it also provides a match to the missing mass in galaxy clusters of

*T*> 4 keV (see Section 6.6.4). However, this neutrino mass is inadequate to explain the relatively high third peak in the no-DM ansatz. Obtaining a match to that instead requires a neutrino mass (for only one species) of ∼ 10 eV [9]. Such a large mass violates experimental constraints on the ordinary neutrino mass [234], but it may be possible to have a sterile neutrino with a mass in that ballpark [26]. As strange as this sounds, it provides a good fit to the CMB (Figure 47), and it may provide the unseen mass in all clusters and groups (see Section 6.6.4 [13, 11]). Experiments that can address the existence of such a particle would thus be very interesting [288], although in between it is perhaps best to view it merely as the encapsulation of our ignorance about cosmology in modified gravity theories, much as dark energy currently plays the same role in conventional cosmology. The fit of Figure 47 [9] is at least a proof of concept that

*cold*DM is definitely not required by the CMB alone.

Perhaps the most intriguing possibility is (iii), that the height of the third peak is providing a glimpse of some new aspect of modified gravity theories. As we have seen, generalizations of GR seeking to incorporate MONDian phenomenology must, per force, introduce either non-locality (Section 7.10), or new degrees of freedom in local theories. It is at least conceivable that these new degrees of freedom result in the net driving of the acoustic oscillations that is implied by the departure from pure baryonic damping. For instance, Dodelson & Liguori [128] have shown that in TeVeS (Sections 7.3 and 7.4) or GEA (Section 7.7) theories, based on unit-norm vector fields, the growth of the spatial part of the vector perturbation in the course of cosmological evolution is acting as an additional seed akin to non-baryonic dark matter^{65} (but unlike dark matter, its energy density is subdominant to the baryonic mass). Actually, it has been shown that, with the help of this effect prior to baryon-photon decoupling, it *is* actually possible^{66} to produce as high a third peak as the second one in TeVeS and GEA theories without non-baryonic dark matter, but at the cost of leading to unacceptably high temperature anisotropies in the CMB on large angular scales, due to an over-enhanced ISW effect [430, 516]. Indeed, when making the effect of the growth of the perturbed vector modes large, one also generates [151, 409, 498] a large *gravitational slip* (see Section 8.4) in the perturbed FLRW metric (Eq. 116), which in turn leads to enhanced ISW^{67}. For this reason, acceptable fits to the CMB in TeVeS or GEA still need to appeal to non-baryonic mass [430]. In this case, *ordinary* neutrinos within their model-independent mass-limit [234] are sufficient, though^{68}. However, the gravitational slip could be able to soon exclude at least some of these models from combined information on the matter overdensity and weak lensing [362, 498]. However, an important caveat is that all of the above arguments are based on adiabatic initial conditions^{69}. While initial isocurvature perturbations are basically ruled out in the GR context, this is not necessarily true for modified gravity theories, so that correlated mixtures of adiabatic and isocurvature modes could perhaps lower the ISW effect and/or raise the third peak [429].

Of course, when the additional “dark fields” of relativistic MOND theories are truly massive (as is the case in some theories), they can be thought of as true “dark matter”, whose energy density outweighs the baryonic one in the early universe: this is the case for the second scalar field of BSTV (Section 7.5), the scalar field of Section 7.6, and of course the dipolar dark matter of Section 7.9. In all these cases, reproducing the acoustic peaks of the CMB is, by construction, *not* a problem at all (nor erasing the baryon acoustic oscillations in the matter power spectrum contrary to [127]), while the MOND phenomenology is still nicely recovered in galaxies. In the case of BIMOND (Section 7.8), the possible appeal to twin matter could also have important consequences on the growth of structure [316] and, of course, on the CMB acoustic peaks too, although the latter analysis is still lacking. In an initially matter-twin matter symmetric universe, if the initial quantum fluctuations are not identical in the two sectors, matter and twin matter would still segregate efficiently, since density differences grow much faster that the sum [316]. The inhomogeneities of the two matter types would then develop, eventually, into mutually avoiding cosmic webs, and the tensors coming from the variation of the interaction term between the two metrics with respect to the matter metric can then act precisely as the energy-momentum tensor of cosmological dark matter [316], besides its contribution to the cosmological constant (see Section 9.1). Finally, the most thought-provoking and interesting possibility would perhaps be to explain all these cosmological observations through non-local effects (Section 7.10). In any case, it is likely that MOND will not be making truly clear predictions regarding cosmology until a more profound theory, based on first principles and underlying the MOND paradigm, is found.

## 10 Summary and Discussion

*z*= 0 between the scale of the energy density in dark energy, dark matter, and baryonic matter, as well as a common natural scale for the behavior of the dark matter and dark energy sectors. What is more, as far as galaxy formation is concerned, many predictions made by the model (keeping in mind that baryon physics could modify these predictions) were ruled out by observations: these include many observations indicating that structure formation should take place earlier than predicted, the low number of observed satellites around the Milky Way (especially the missing satellites at the low and high mass ends of the mass function), the phase-space correlation of satellite galaxies of the Milky Way as opposed to their predicted isotropic distribution, the apparent presence of constant DM density cores in the central parts of galaxies instead of the predicted cuspy dark halos, the over-abundance of large bulgeless thin disk galaxies that are extremely difficult to produce in simulations, or the presence of spiral arms in disks that should be immune to such instabilities. But even more challenging is the appearance (Figure 48) of an acceleration constant

*a*

_{0}≃ 10

^{−10}m s

^{−2}(i.e., the common scale of the dark matter and dark energy sectors as

*a*

_{0}∼ Λ

^{1/2}in natural units) in many unrelated scaling relations for DM and baryons in galaxies. These scaling relations involve a possibly devastating amount of fine-tuning for all collisionless dark matter models (Section 4.3), and can all be summarized by Milgrom’s empirical formula (Section 5), meaning that the observed gravitational field in galaxies is mimicking a universal force law generated by the baryons alone.

With inert, collisionless and dissipationless DM, making Milgrom’s law emerge requires a huge, and perhaps even unreasonable, amount of fine-tuning in the expected feedback from the baryons. Indeed, the relation between the distribution of baryons and DM should depend on the various different histories of formation, intrinsic evolution, and interaction with the environment of the various different galaxies, whereas Milgrom’s law provides a sucessful unique and *history-independent* relation. Given this puzzle, the central idea of Modified Newtonian Dynamics (MOND) is rather to explore the possibility that the force law is indeed effectively modified (Section 6). The main motivation for studying MOND is thus a fully *empiricist* one, as it is driven by the *observed* phe-nomenology on galaxy scales, and not by an aesthetic wish of getting rid of DM. The corollary is that it is not a problem for a theory designed to reproduce the uncanny successes of the MOND phenomenology to replace CDM by “dark fields” (see Section 7) or more exotic forms of DM, different from simple collisionless DM particles, contrary to the common belief that this would be against the spirit of the MOND paradigm (although it is true that it would be more elegant to avoid too many additional degrees of freedom). It is perhaps more important that, if MOND is correct in the sense of the acceleration *a*_{0} being a *truly* fundamental quantity, the strong equivalence principle *cannot* hold anymore, and local Lorentz invariance could perhaps be spontaneously violated too.

*explicit*predictions, which we quote hereafter, and compare with modern observational data (see also the Kepler-like laws of galactic dynamics in Section 5.2):

*“Velocity curves calculated with the modified dynamics on the basis of the observed mass in galaxies should agree with the observed curves.”*It is now well established that MOND provides good fits to the rotation curves of galaxies (Figure 23 [401, 166]), including bumps and wiggles associated with a baryonic counterpart (Figure 21, Kepler-like law no. 10 in Section 5.2). These fits are obtained with a single free parameter per galaxy, the mass-to-light ratio of the stars. What makes them most impressive is that the best-fit mass-to-light ratios, obtained on purely dynamical grounds assuming MOND, vary with galaxy color exactly as one would expect from stellar population synthesis models [42], that are based on astronomers’ detailed understanding of stars. Note that the rotation curves of galaxies are predicted to be

*asymptotically*flat, even though this flatness is not always attained at the last observed point (see Kepler-like law no. 1 in Section 5.2, and last explicit prediction hereafter).*“The relation between the asymptotic velocity and the mass of the galaxy is an absolute one.”*This is the Baryonic Tully-Fisher relation with \({M_b} = {a_0}GV_f^4\) (see Kepler-like laws no. 2 in Section 5.2). It appears to hold quite generally [272], even for galaxies that we would conventionally expect to deviate from it [165, 279, 276].

*“Analysis of the z-dynamics in disk galaxies using the modified dynamics should yield surface densities, which agree with the observed ones.”*This states that, in addition to the radial force giving the rotation curve, the motions of stars perpendicular to the disk must also follow from the source baryons (see Section 6.5.3). This proves to be a remarkably challenging observation, and such data for external galaxies are difficult to obtain [44]. To make matters still more difficult, the radial acceleration usually dominates the vertical \(({V^2}/r \gg \sigma _z^2/z)\). This has the consequence that the distinction between MOND and conventional dynamics is not pronounced in regions that are well observed, becoming pronounced only at rather low baryonic surface densities [279]. The vertical velocity dispersions in low surface density regions (see Section 6.5.3) is typically ∼ 8 km/s [25, 241]. This exceeds the nominal Newtonian expectation (typically ∼ 2 km/s for Σ = 1

*M*_{⊙}pc^{−2}, depending on the thickness of the disk), and is more in accordance with MOND. However, it would require a considerably more detailed analysis to consider this a test, let alone a success, of MOND. The Milky Way (Section 6.5.2) may provide an excellent test for this prediction [50, 378] as more precision data become available.*“Effects of the modification are predicted to be particularly strong in (LSB) dwarf galaxies.”*The dwarf spheroidal satellite galaxies of the Milky Way have very low surface densities of stars, so (see Kepler-like law no. 8 in Section 5.2) are far into the MOND regime. As expected, these systems exhibit large mass discrepancies [477, 427]. Detailed fits to the better observed “classical” dwarfs [8] are satisfactory in most cases (see Section 6.6.2). The “ultrafaint” dwarfs appear more problematic [285], in the sense that their velocity dispersions are higher than expected. This might be an indication of the MOND-specific external field effect (see Section 6.3 and [78]), as the field of the Milky Way dominates the internal fields of the ultrafaint dwarfs. If so, these objects are not in dynamical equilibrium, which considerably complicates their analysis.

*Locally-measured mass-to-light ratios should show no indication of hidden mass when*\(V_c^2/R \gg {a_0}\),*but rise beyond the radius where*\(V_c^2/R \approx {a_0}\).We have paraphrased this prediction for brevity (see also Kepler-like law no. 7 in Section 5.2). The test of this prediction is shown in Figures 10, 11, and 14. The predicted effect is obvious in the data with populations synthesis mass-to-light ratios for the stars [42], or with dynamical mass-to-light ratios [279] that make no assumption about stellar mass. In HSB spirals, there is no obvious need for dark matter in the inner regions, with the mass discrepancy only appearing at large radii as the acceleration drops below

*a*_{0}(Figure 10).*“Disk galaxies with low surface brightness provide particularly strong tests.”*Low surface brightness means low stellar surface density, which in turns means low acceleration. LSB galaxies are thus predicted to be well into the modified regime (see also Kepler-like law no. 8 in Section 5.2). This was a strong prediction, because few bona-fide examples of such objects were known at the time. Indeed, in 1983, when these predictions were published, it was widely thought that nearly all disk galaxies shared a common high surface brightness. One specific consequence of MOND for LSB galaxies is that they should lie on the same BTFR, with the same normalization, as HSB spirals. This was subsequently observed to be the case [517, 443]. There is

*no*systematic deviation from the BTFR with surface brightness (Figure 5), thus contrary to what is naturally expected in conventional dynamics [279, 109]. Another consequence of low surface density is that the acceleration is low (<*a*_{0}) everywhere. As a result, the mass discrepancy appears at a smaller radius in LSB galaxies, and is larger in amplitude than in HSB galaxies. This effect was subsequently observed (Figure 14 [279]).*“We predict a correlation between the value of the average surface density of a galaxy and the steepness with which the rotational velocity rises to its asymptotic value.”*MOND does

*not*simply make rotation curves flat. It predicts that HSB galaxies have rotation curves that rise rapidly before becoming flat, and may even fall towards asymptotic flatness. In contrast, LSB galaxies should have slowly rising rotation curves that only gradually approach asymptotic flatness (see also Kepler-like law no. 8 in Section 5.2). Both morphologies are observed (Figure 15). The expected connection between dynamical acceleration and the surface density of the source baryons is illustrated in Figures 9 and 16.

Observational tests of MOND.

Observational Test | Successful | Promising | Unclear | Problematic |
---|---|---|---|---|

| ||||

solar system | X | |||

galaxy rotation curve shapes | X | |||

surface brightness ∝ Σ ∝ | X | |||

galaxy rotation curve fits | X | |||

fitted M | X | |||

| ||||

baryon based | X | |||

slope | X | |||

normalization | X | |||

no size nor Σ dependence | X | |||

no intrinsic scatter | X | |||

| ||||

maximum surface density | X | |||

spiral structure in LSBGs | X | |||

thin & bulgeless disks | X | |||

| ||||

tidal tail morphology dynamical friction | X | X | ||

tidal dwarfs | X | |||

| ||||

star clusters | X | |||

ultrafaint dwarfs | X | |||

dwarf Spheroidals | X | |||

ellipticals | X | |||

Faber-Jackson relation | X | |||

| ||||

dynamical mass | X | |||

mass-temperature slope | X | |||

velocity (bulk & collisional) | X | |||

| ||||

strong lensing | X | |||

weak lensing (clusters & LSS) | X | |||

| ||||

expansion history | X | |||

geometry | X | |||

Big-Bang nucleosynthesis | X | |||

| ||||

galaxy power spectrum | X | |||

empty voids | X | |||

early structure | X | |||

| ||||

first:second acoustic peak | X | |||

second:third acoustic peak | X | |||

detailed fit | X | |||

early re-ionization | X |

The original predictions listed above cover many situations, but not all. Indeed, once one writes a specific force law, its application must be completely general. Such a hypothesis is readily subject to falsification, provided sufficiently accurate data to test it — a perpetual challenge for astronomy. Table 2 summarizes the tests discussed here. By and large, tests of MOND involving rotationally-supported disk galaxies are quite positive, as largely detailed above (see Section 6.5). By construction, there is no cusp problem (solution to challenge no. 6 of Section 4.2), and no missing baryons problem (solution to challenge no. 10 of Section 4.2), as the way the dynamical mass-to-light ratio systematically varies with the circular velocity is a direct consequence of Milgrom’s law (Kepler-like law no. 4 of Section 5.2). There does appear to be a relation between the quality of the data and the ease with which a MOND fit to the rotation curve is obtained, in the sense that fits are most readily obtained with the best data [28]. As the quality of the data decline [384], one begins to notice small disparities. These are sometimes attributable to external disturbances that invalidate the assumption of equilibrium [403]. For targets that are intrinsically difficult to observe, minor problems become more common [120, 448]. These typically have to do with the challenges inherent in combining disparate astronomical data sets (e.g., rotation curves measured independently at optical and radio wavelengths) and constraining the inclinations of LSB galaxies (bear in mind that all velocities require a sin(*i*) correction to project the observed velocity into the plane of the disk, and mass in MOND scales as the fourth power of velocity). Given the intrinsic difficulties of astronomical observations, it is remarkable that the success rate of MOND fits is as high as it is: of the 78 galaxies that have been studied in detail (see Section 6.5.1), only a few cases (most notably NGC 3198 [68, 166]) appear to pose challenges. Given the predictive and quantitative success of the majority of the fits, it would seem unwise to ignore the forest and focus only on the outlying trees.

One rotationally-supported system that is very familiar to us is the solar system (see Section 6.4). The solar system is many orders of magnitude removed from the MOND regime (Figure 11), so no strong effects are predicted. However, it is, of course, possible to obtain exquisitely precise data in the solar system, so it is conceivable that some subtle effect may be observable [391]. Indeed, the lack of such effects on the inner planets already appears to exclude some slowly-varying interpolation functions [62]. Other tests may yet prove possible [37, 314], but, as they are strong-field gravity tests by nature, they all depend strongly on the parent relativistic theory (Section 7) and how it converges towards GR [22]. So, in Table 2, we list the status of solar-system tests as unclear, depending on the parent relativistic theory.

An important aspect of galactic disks is their stability (see Section 6.5.3). Indeed, the need to stabilize disks was one of the early motivations for invoking dark matter [343]. MOND appears able to provide the requisite stability [77]. Indeed, it gives good reason [299] for the observed maximum in the distribution of disk galaxy surface densities at ∼ Σ_{†} = *a*_{0}/*G* (Freeman’s limit: Figure 8 and Kepler-like law no. 6 in Section 5.2). Disks with surface densities below this threshold are in the low acceleration limit and can be stabilized by MOND. Higher-surface-density disks would be purely in the Newtonian regime and subject to the usual instabilities. Going beyond the amount of stability required for existence, another positive aspect of MOND is that it does not over-stabilize disks. Features like bars and spiral arms are a natural result of disk self-gravity. Conventionally, large halo-to-disk mass ratios suppress the growth of such features, especially in LSB galaxies [291]. Yet such features are present^{70}. The suppression is not as great in MOND [77], and numerical simulations appear to do a good job of reproducing the range of observed morphologies of spiral galaxies (solution to challenge no. 9 of Section 4.2, see [458]). Bars tend to appear more quickly and are fast, while warps can also be naturally produced (Section 6.5.3). There appears to be no reason why this should not extend to thin and bulgeless disks, whose ubiquity poses a challenge to galaxy formation models in ΛCDM. This particular point of creating large bulgeless disks (challenge no. 8 of Section 4.2) can actually be solved thanks to early structure formation followed by a low galaxy-interaction rate in MONDian cosmology (see Section 9.2), but this definitely warrants further investigation, so we mark this case as merely promising in Table 2.

Interacting galaxies are, by definition, non-stationary systems in which the customary assumption of equilibrium does not generally hold. This renders direct tests of MOND difficult. However, it is worth investigating whether commonly observed morphologies (e.g., tidal tails) are even possible in MOND. Initially, this seemed to pose a fundamental difficulty [279], as dark matter halos play a critical role in absorbing the orbital energy and angular momentum that it is necessary to shed if passing galaxies are to not only collide, but stick and merge. Nevertheless, recent numerical simulations appear to do a nice job of reproducing observed morphologies [459]. This is no trivial feat. While it is well established that dark matter models can result in nice tidal tails, it turns out to be difficult to simultaneously match the narrow morphology of many observed tidal tails with rotation curves of the systems from which they come [130]. Narrow tidal tails appear to be natural in MOND, as well as more extended resulting galaxies, thanks to the absence of angular momentum transfer to the dark halo (solution to challenge no. 7 of Section 4.2). Additionally, tidal dwarfs that form in these tails clearly have characteristics closer to those observed (see Section 6.5.4) than those from dark matter simulations [165, 309].

Spheroidal systems also provide tests of MOND (Section 6.6). Unlike the case of disk galaxies, where orbits are coplanar and nearly circular so that the centripetal acceleration can be equated with the gravitational force, the orbits in spheroidal systems are generally eccentric and randomly oriented. This introduces an unknown geometrical factor usually subsumed into a parameter that characterizes the anisotropy of the orbits. Accepting this, MOND appears to perform well in the classical dwarf spheroidal galaxies, but implies that the ultrafaint dwarfs are out of equilibrium (see Section 6.6.2). For small systems like the ultrafaint dwarfs and star clusters (Section 6.6.3) within the Milky Way, the external field effect (Section 6.3) can be quite important. This means that star clusters generally exhibit Newtonian behavior by virtue of being embedded in the larger galaxy. Deviations from purely Newtonian behavior are predicted to be subtle and are fodder for considerable debate [199, 397], rendering the present status unclear (Table 2). At the opposite extreme of giant elliptical galaxies (Section 6.6.1), the data accord well with MOND [323]. Indeed, bright elliptical galaxies are sufficiently dense that their inner regions are well into the Newtonian regime. In the MONDian context, this is the reason that it has historically been difficult to find clear evidence for mass discrepancies in these systems. The apparent need for dark matter does not occur until radii where the accelerations become low. That only spheroidal stellar systems appear to exist at surface densities in excess of Σ_{†} is the corollary of Freeman’s limit: such dense systems could not exist as stable disks, so must perforce become elliptical galaxies, regardless of the formation mechanism that made them so dense. That populations of elliptical galaxies should obey the Faber-Jackson relation (Kepler-like law no. 3 in Section 5.2, Figure 7) is also very natural to MOND [383, 395].

The largest gravitationally-bound systems are also spheroidal systems: rich clusters of galaxies. The situation here is quite problematic for MOND (Section 6.6.4). Applying MOND to ascertain the dynamical mass routinely exceeds the observed baryonic mass by a factor of 2 to 3. In effect, MOND requires additional *dark matter* in galaxy clusters. The need to invoke unseen mass is most unpleasant for a theory that otherwise appears to be a viable alternative to the existence of unseen mass. However, one should remember that the present-day motivation for studying MOND is driven by the observed phenomenology on galaxy scales, summarized above, and not by an aesthetic wish of getting rid of DM. What is more, parent relativistic theories of MOND might well involve additional degrees of freedom in the form of “dark fields”. But in any case, one must be careful not to conflate the rather limited missing mass problem that MOND suffers in clusters with *the* non-baryonic collisionless cold dark matter required by cosmology. There is really nothing about the cluster data that requires the excess mass to be non-baryonic, as long as it behaves in a collisionless way. There could for instance be baryonic mass in some compact non-luminous form (see Section 6.6.4 for an extensive discussion). This might seem to us unlikely, but it does have historical precedent. When Zwicky [518] first identified the dark matter problem in clusters, the mass discrepancy was of order ∼ 100. That is, unseen mass outweighed the visible stars by two orders of magnitude. It was only decades later that it was recognized that baryons residing in a hot intracluster gas greatly outweighed those in stars. In effect, there were [at least] *two* missing mass problems in clusters. One was the hot gas, which reduces the conventional discrepancy from a factor of ∼ 100 to a factor of ∼ 8 [175] in Newtonian gravity. From this perspective, the remaining factor of two in MOND seems modest. Rich clusters of galaxies are rare objects, so the total required mass density can readily be accommodated within the baryon budget of BBN. Indeed, according to BBN, there must still be a lot of unidentified baryons lurking somewhere in the universe. But the excess dark mass in clusters need not be baryonic, even in MOND. Massive ordinary neutrinos [389, 392] and light sterile neutrinos [9, 13] have been suggested as possible forms of dark matter that might provide an explanation for the missing mass in clusters. Both are non-baryonic, but as they are *hot* DM particle candidates, neither can constitute *the* cosmological non-baryonic *cold* dark matter. At this juncture, all we can say for certain is that we do not know what the composition of the unseen mass is. It could even just be evidence for the effect of additional “dark fields” in the parent relativistic formulation of MOND, such as massive scalar fields, vector fields, dipolar dark matter, or even subtle non-local effects (see Section 7).

There are other aspects of cluster observations that are more in line with MOND’s predictions. Clusters obey a mass-temperature relation that parallels the *M ∝ T*^{2}*∝ V*^{4} prediction of MOND (Figures 39 and 48) more closely than the conventional prediction of *M ∝ T*^{3/2} expectation in ΛCDM, without the need to invoke preheating (a need that may arise as an artifact of the mismatch in slopes). Indeed, Figure 48 shows clearly both the failing of MOND in the offset in characteristic acceleration between clusters and lower mass systems, and its successful prediction of the slope (a horizontal line in this figure). A further test, which may be important is the peculiar and bulk velocity of clusters. For example, the collision velocity of the bullet cluster is so large^{71} as to be highly improbable in ΛCDM (occurring with a probability of ∼ 10^{−10} [249]). In contrast, large collision velocities are natural to MOND [16]. Similarly, the large scale peculiar velocity of clusters is observed to be ∼ 1000 km/s [221], well in excess of the expected ∼ 200 km s^{−2}. Ongoing simulations with MOND [11] show some promise to produce large peculiar velocities for clusters. In general, one would expect high speed collisions to be more ubiquitous in MOND than ΛCDM.

An important line of evidence for mass discrepancies in the universe is gravitational lensing in excess of that expected from the observed mass of lens systems. Lensing is an intrinsically relativistic effect that requires a generally covariant theory to properly address. This necessarily goes beyond MOND itself into specific hypotheses for its parent theory (Section 7), so is somewhat different than the tests discussed above. Broadly speaking, tests involving strong gravitational lensing fare tolerably well (Section 8.1), whereas weak lensing tests, that are sensitive to larger-scale mass distributions, are more problematic (Sections 8.2, 8.3, and 8.4) or simply crash into the usual missing mass problem of MOND in clusters. Note that weak lensing in relativistic MOND theories produces the same amount of lensing as required from dynamics, so this is not the problem. The problematic fact is just that some tests seem to require more dark matter than the effect of MOND provides.

On larger (cosmological) scales, MOND, as a modification of classical (non-covariant) dynamics, is simply unsatisfactory or mute. MOND itself has no cosmology, providing analogs for neither the Friedmann equation for the dynamics of the universe, nor the Robertson-Walker metric for its geometry. For these, one must appeal to specific hypotheses for the relativistic parent theory of MOND (Section 7), which is far from unique, and theoretically not really satisfactory, as none of the present candidates emerges from first principles. At this juncture, it is not clear whether a compelling candidate cosmology will ever emerge. But on the other hand, there is *nothing* about MOND as a paradigm that contradicts per se the empirical pillars of the hot big bang: Hubble expansion, BBN, and the relic radiation field (Section 9). The formation of large scale structure is one of the strengths of conventional theory, which can be approached with linear perturbation theory. This leads to good fits of the power spectrum, both at early times (*z* ≈ 1000 in the cosmic microwave background) and at late times (the *z* = 0 galaxy power spectrum [452]). In contrast, the formation of structure in MOND is intrinsically non-linear. Therefore, it is unclear whether MOND-motivated relativistic theories will inevitably match the observed galaxy power spectrum, a possible problem being how to damp the baryon acoustic oscillations [127, 430]. At this stage, a unique prediction does not exist. Nevertheless, there are two aspects of structure formation in MOND that appear to be fairly generic and distinct from ΛCDM. The stronger effective long range force in MOND speeds the growth rate, but has less mass to operate with as a source. Consequently, radiation domination persists longer and structure formation is initially inhibited (at redshifts of hundreds). Once structure begins to form, the non-linearity of MOND causes it to proceed more rapidly than in GR with CDM. Three observable consequences would be (i) the earlier emergence of large objects like galaxies and clusters in the cosmic web (as well as the associated low interaction rate at smaller redshifts) providing a possible solution to challenge no. 2 of Section 4.2 [11], (ii) the more efficient evacuation of large voids (possible solution to challenge no. 3 of Section 4.2), and (iii) larger peculiar (and collisional [16]) velocities of galaxy clusters (solution to challenge no. 1 of Section 4.2). However, the potential downside to rapid structure formation in MOND is that it may overproduce structure by redshift zero [341, 250].

The final entries in Table 2 regard the cosmic microwave background, discussed in more detail in Section 9.2. The third peak of the acoustic power spectrum of the CMB poses perhaps the most severe challenge to a MONDian interpretation of cosmology. The amplitude of the third peak measured by WMAP is larger than expected in a universe composed solely of baryons [442]. This implies some substance that does not oscillate with the baryons. Cold dark matter fits this bill nicely. In the context of MOND, we must invoke some other massive substance (i.e., non-baryonic dark matter such as, e.g., light sterile neutrinos [9]) that plays the role of CDM, or rely on additional degrees of freedom in the relativistic parent theory of MOND (see Section 7) that would have the same net result (see the extensive discussion in Section 9.2), or even combine non-baryonic dark matter with these additional degrees of freedom [430]. While these are real possibilities, neither are particularly appealing, any more than it is to invoke CDM with complex fine-tuned feedback to explain rotation curves that apparently require only baryons as a source.

The missing baryon problem that MOND suffers in rich clusters of galaxies and the third peak of the acoustic power spectrum of the CMB are thus the most serious challenges presently facing MOND. But even so, the interpretation of the acoustic power spectrum is not entirely clear cut. Though there is no detailed fit to the power spectrum in MOND (unless we invoke 10 eV-scale sterile neutrinos [9]), MOND did motivate the prediction [265] of two aspects of the CMB that were surprising in ΛCDM (see Section 9.2). The amplitude ratio of the first-to-second peak in the acoustic power spectrum was outside the bounds expected ahead of time by ΛCDM for from BBN as it was then known (see Section 9.2). In contrast, the first:second acoustic peak ratio that is now well measured agrees well with the quantitative value predicted in advance for the case of the absence of cold dark matter [268, 269]. Similarly, the rapid formation of structure expected in MOND leads naturally to an earlier epoch of re-ionization than had been anticipated in ΛCDM [265, 269]. Thus, while the amplitude of the third peak is clearly problematic and poses a severe challenge to any MOND-inspired theories, the overall interpretation of the CMB is debatable. While the existence of non-baryonic cold dark matter is the most obvious explanation of the third peak indeed, it is not at all obvious that straightforward CDM — in the form of rather simple massive inert collisionless particles — is uniquely required.

Science is, in principle, about theories or models that are falsifiable, and thus that are presently either falsified or not. But in practice it does not (and cannot) really work that way: if a model that was making good predictions up to a certain point suddenly does not work anymore (i.e., does not fit some new data), one obviously first tries to adjust it to make it fit the observations rather than throwing it away immediately. This is what one calls the requisite “compensatory adjustments” of the theory (or of the model): Popper himself drew attention to these limitations of falsification in *The Logic of Scientific Discovery* [355]. In the case of the ΛCDM model of cosmology, which is mostly valid on large scales, the current main trend is to find the “compensatory adjustments” to the model to make it fit in galaxies, mainly by changing (or mixing) the mass(es) of the dark matter particles, and/or through artificially fine-tuned baryonic feedback in order to reproduce the success of MOND. Incidentally, exactly the same is true for MOND, but for the opposite scales: MOND works remarkably well in galaxies but apparently needs compensatory adjustments on larger scales to effectively replace CDM. Now does that mean that falsification is impossible? That all models are equal? Surely not. In the end, a theory or a model is really falsified once there are too many compensatory adjustments (needed in order to fit too many discrepant data), or once these become too twisted (like Tycho Brahe’s geocentric model for the solar system). But there is obviously no truly quantitative way of ascertaining such global falsification. How one chooses to weigh the evidence presented in this review necessarily informs one’s opinion of the relative merits of ΛCDM and MOND. If one is most familiar with cosmology and large scale structure, ΛCDM is the obvious choice, and it must seem rather odd that anyone would consider an alternative as peculiar as MOND, needing rather bizarre adjustments to match observations on large scales. But if one is more concerned with precision dynamics and the observed phenomenology in a wide swath of galaxy data, it seems just as strange to invoke non-baryonic cold dark matter together with fine-tuned feedback to explain the appearance of a single effective force law that appears to act with only the observed baryons as a source. Perhaps the most important aspect before one throws away any model is to have a “simpler” model at hand, that still reproduces the successes of the earlier favored model but also naturally explains the discrepant data. In that sense, right now, it is absolutely fair to say that there is *no* alternative, which really does better *overall* than ΛCDM, and in favor of which Ockham’s razor would be. However, it would probably be a mistake to persistently ignore the fine-tuning problems for dark matter and the related uncanny successes of the MOND paradigm on galaxy scales, as they could very plausibly point at a hypothetical better new theory. It is also important to bear in mind that MOND, as a paradigm or as a modification of Newtonian dynamics, is not itself generally covariant. Attempts to construct relativistic theories that contain MOND in the appropriate limit (Section 7) are correlated but distinct efforts, and one must be careful not to conflate the two. For example, some theories, like TeVeS (Section 7.4), might make predictions that are distinct from GR in the strong-field regime. Should future tests falsify these distinctive predictions of TeVeS while confirming those of GR, this would perhaps falsify TeVeS as a viable parent theory for MOND, but would have no bearing on the MONDian phenomenology observed in the weak-field regime, nor indeed on the viability of MOND itself. It would perhaps simply indicate the need to continue to search for a deeper theory. It would, for instance, be extremely alluring if one could manage to find a physical connection between the dark energy sector and the possible breakdown of standard dynamics in the weak-field limit, since both phenomena would then simply reflect discrepancies with the predictions of GR when \(\Lambda \sim a_0^2\) is set to zero (see, e.g., Section 7.10). Of course, it is perfectly conceivable that such a deep theory does not exist, and that the apparent MONDian behavior of galaxies will be explained through small compensatory adjustments of the current ΛCDM paradigm, but one has yet to demonstrate how this will occur, and it will inevitably involve a substantial amount of fine-tuning that will have to be explained naturally. In any case, the existence of a characteristic acceleration *a*_{0} (Figure 48) playing various different roles in many seemingly-independent galactic scaling relations (see Sections 4.3 and 5.2) is by now an empirically established fact, and it is thus mandatory for *any* successful model of galaxy formation and evolution to explain it. The future of this field of research might thus still be full of exciting surprises for astronomers, cosmologists, and theoretical physicists.

## Footnotes

- 1.
Up to now, all the dark-matter-particle candidates still elude both direct and indirect non-gravitational detection.

- 2.
However, a way to effectively reproduce an apparent universal force law from an exotic dark component could be to enforce an intimate connection between the distribution of baryons, the dark component, and the gravitational field through, e.g., a fifth force effect. This possibility will be extensively discussed in Section 7, notably Section 7.9

- 3.
The first four sections provide the observational evidence for the MOND phenomenology through the different appearances of

*a*_{0}in galactic dynamics, but they are actually independent of any specific theory, while the reader more specifically interested in MOND per se could go directly to Section 5. - 4.
Arguably, a non-static, expanding or contracting Universe was an a priori prediction of general relativity in its original form, lacking the cosmological constant.

- 5.
However, the WIMP miracle seems to fade away with modern particle physics constraints [23].

- 6.
The simplest WIMPs are their own antiparticle.

- 7.
In addition, the time-averaged value of the deceleration parameter

*q*over the present age of the Universe is quite consistently 〈*q*〉 = 0 [473], another currently unexplained coincidence. - 8.
*c*=*G = ħ*= 1. - 9.
We have that \(\Lambda \sim a_0^2/{c^2}\) if expressed in inverse time-squared or \(\Lambda \sim a_0^2/{c^4}\) if expressed in inverse length-squared (more precisely, the natural scale associated with the cosmological constant is \({a_0} \approx ({c^2}/2\pi)\sqrt (\Lambda/3))\). Another way of expressing this coincidence is to say that predictions of GR from visible matter alone always break down for physics involving a length-scale constant on the order of the Hubble radius

*l*∼ Λ^{−1/2}∼*c*^{2}/*a*_{0}. This scale*l*could perhaps play a similar role to the Planck scale*l*_{P}[233, 43], at the other end of the ladder (as we have*l*≈ 10^{60}*l*_{P}). However, this is*not*the length at which the modification would be seen, exactly as quantum mechanics does not depart from classical physics at a given length. - 10.
As we shall see (Section 5 and 6), MOND was constructed to predict a relation \({a_0} = V_f^4/(GM)\) for a point mass

*M*(however, note that the slope of 4 is a pure consequence of the acceleration base; it is not possible to get an arbitrary slope from such an idea). Since spiral galaxies are not point masses, but rather flattened mass distributions that rotate faster than the equivalent spherical mass distribution [52], the empirical acceleration a is close to but not identical to a_{0}in MOND. The geometric correction is about 20% so that a_{0}= 0.8a [272]. - 11.
The factor 10 arises from the commonly adopted definition of the virial radius of the dark matter halo at an overdensity of 200 times the critical density of the Universe [332].

- 12.
Note that [180] claimed to measure a slope of 3 for the BTFR, but they relied on unresolved line-widths from single dish 21 cm observations to estimate rotation velocity rather than measuring

*V*_{f}from resolved rotation curves. Line-widths give a systematically different estimate of the slope of the BTFR than*V*_{f}, even for the same galaxies [277, 340, 475], and they cannot be related at all to the circular velocity of the potential at the virial radius, nor to the prediction of MOND (Section 5 and 6). - 13.
The difference in phase space between gas and dark matter also prevents the accretion of tidal gas onto any dark matter sub-halos that may be present. It does not suffice for a tidal tail to intersect the location of a sub-halo in coordinate space, they must also dock in velocity space. The gas is moving at the characteristic velocity of the entire system (typically ∼ 200 km s

^{−1}), which, by definition, exceeds the escape speed of typical sub-halos (usually < 100 km s^{−1}). Therefore, the odds of capture are effectively zero unless the tail and sub-halo happen to be on very nearly the same orbit initially, which is itself very unlikely because of the initial difference in their phase space distribution. - 14.
Note that this correlation with acceleration was looked at notably because it was pointed to by Milgrom’s law (see Section 5).

- 15.
The Pioneer anomaly has an amplitude on the order of ∼ 10

^{−9}m s^{−2}but appears at a location in the solar system where the total gravitational acceleration is ∼ 10^{−6}m s^{−2}. Thus, the discrepancy in Figure 11 is (*V*/*V*_{b})^{2}≈ 1.001. - 16.
Note that such wiggles are often associated with spiral arm features (the existence of which in LSB galaxies being itself challenging in the presence of a massive dark matter halo, see Section 4.2), and hence associated with non-circular motions. It is conceivable that such observed wiggles are partly due to these, but the effect of local density contrasts due to spiral arms on the tangential velocity should be damped by the global effect of the spherical-dark-matter halo, which is apparently not the case.

- 17.
Note that many of these relations were scrutinized during the last 30 years because they were pointed to by Milgrom’s law. Thus, this law has already achieved the important role of a theoretical idea, i.e., to point and direct observations and their arrangement

- 18.
Of course, there is also a natural length scale associated with this acceleration constant,

*I*=*c*^{2}/*a*_{0}, but this length scale will enter the modification nonlinearly, and is thus not the length at which the modification would be seen in galaxies, as it is rather on the order of the Hubble radius - 19.
Note that the denominator 2π

*G*comes from integrating the phantom dark matter density along a vertical line as per [313], which leads to a slightly smaller characteristic surface density for phantom dark matter than the defining Freeman limit in the 6th law. - 20.
Note that the main motivation for modifying dynamics is

*not*to get rid of DM, but to explain why the observed gravitational field in galaxies is apparently mimicking a universal force law generated by the baryons alone. The simplest explanation is, of course, not that DM arranges itself by chance to mimic this force law, but rather that the force law itself is modified. Note that at a fundamental level, relativistic theories of modified gravity often will have to include new fields to reproduce this force law, so that dark matter is effectively replaced by “dark fields” in these theories, or even by dark matter exhibiting a new interaction with baryons (one could speak of “dark matter” if the stress-energy tensor of the new fields is numerically comparable to the density of baryons): this makes the confrontation between modified gravity and dark matter less clear than often believed. The actual confrontation is rather that between all sorts of theories embedding the phenomenology of Milgrom’s law vs. theories of DM made of simple self-uninteracting billiard balls assembling themselves in galactic halos under the sole influence of unmodified gravity, theories, which currently appear unable to explain the*observed*phenomenology of Milgrom’s law. - 21.
Generally covariant theories approaching these classical theories in the weak-field limit will then also be classified under this same MOND acronym, even if they really are

*Modified Einsteinian Dynamics*(see Section 7) - 22.
The Newtonian mass density also satisfies the continuity equation ∂

*μ*/∂*t*+ ∇.(*μ*v) = 0. - 23.
In general relativity, the first two terms ∫

*ρ*(v^{2}/2 − Φ_{N})*d*^{3}*x dt*are lumped together into the matter action (also containing the rest mass contribution in GR), and the last term is generalized by the Einstein-Hilbert action. - 24.
Let us note in passing that it would not be the first time that the kinetic action would be modified as special relativity does just this too, changing for a single particle

*mυ*^{2}/2 → −*mc*^{2}*γ*^{−1}in*S*_{kin}(where \(\gamma (\upsilon) = 1/\sqrt {1 - {{(\upsilon/c)}^2})}\), leading for a moving body to a redefinition of the effective mass as*m*_{eff}=*mγ*(*υ*). With this analogy in mind, a rather simplified view of the Lorentz-breaking modification of inertia needed in order to reproduce MOND would be that*m*_{eff}≃*mμ*(*a*), where*a*is the amplitude of the acceleration with respect to an absolute preferred inertial frame. - 25.
Such non-local theories, which also have to be nonlinear (like any MOND theory) are not easy to construct, and there is presently no real fully-fledged theory, which has been developed in this vein, although hints in this direction are summarized in Section 7.10.

- 26.
- 27.
This is similar to the Palatini formalism of GR, where the present auxiliary acceleration field is replaced by a connection

- 28.
- 29.
In principle,

*α*can be slightly larger, but if*α*≫ 1, then in the range of gravities of interest for galaxy dynamics (between 0.1*a*_{0}and a few times*a*_{0}) the scalar field contribution*s*is too small to account for the MOND effect, or said in another way, the corresponding Milgrom*μ*-function would deviate significantly from*μ*(*x*) =*x*(i.e.,*μ*(*x*) >*x*, so that there would be less modification to the Newtonian prediction). - 30.
In principle, one could make

*A*=*α*^{−1}as small as desired in the*α*-family, by not limiting*α*to the range between 0 and 1, but passing solar system constraints would require*α*> 20, which would cancel the MOND effect in the range of interest for galaxy dynamics. - 31.
Note that, among the freedom of choice of that function, one could additionally even imagine that the

*μ*-function is not a scalar function but a “tensor”*μij*such that the modification becomes anisotropic and the modified Poisson equation becomes something like ∂_{i}[*μ*_{ijgj}] = 4*πGρ*. - 32.
It is interesting to note that different MOND theories offer (very) different answers to the generic question “acceleration with respect to what?”. For instance, in the MOND-from-vacuum idea (see [304] and Section 7.10), the total acceleration is measured with respect to the quantum vacuum, which is well defined. In BIMOND (Section 7.8) it is the relative acceleration between the two metrics, which is also well defined through the difference of Christoffel symbols.

- 33.
Thus, a Cavendish experiment in a freely falling satellite in Earth orbit would return a Newtonian result in MOND.

- 34.
For instance, using the “simple” function

*μ*(*x*) =*x*/(1+*x*) in Eq. 59 would lead to \(g = [({g_N}{a_0} + {g_N}{g_e} - 2{g_e}{a_0} - g_e^2) + \sqrt {(2{g_e}{a_0} + g_e^2 - {g_N}{a_0} - {g_N}{g_e}) + 4{g_N}{{({a_0} + {g_e})}^3}]}/[2({a_0} + {g_e})]\) - 35.
- 36.
- 37.
- 38.
- 39.
If one assumes that a lot of dark baryons are present in the form of molecular gas, one can add another free parameter in the form of a factor multiplying the gas mass[460]. The, good MOND fits can still be obtained but with a lower value of

*a*_{0}. - 40.
However, the mass-to-light ratio is not really a constant in galaxies. Thus, Figure 22 gives an example of a rotation curve fit (to the Local Group galaxy M33), where the variation of the mass-to-light ratio according to the color-gradient has been included, even improving the MOND fit.

- 41.
Separable models have also been investigated in [97].

- 42.
The conventional baryon fraction of clusters increases monotonically with radius [426], only obtaining the cosmic value of 0.17 at or beyond the virial radius. Therefore, one might infer the presence of dark baryons in cluster cores in ΛCDM as well as in MOND.

- 43.
If the action has the units of

*ħ*, the factor in front of the gravitational action is then*c*^{3}/16π*G*. And if one wishes to include a cosmological constant Λ, the integral then rather reads \(\int {{d^4}x\sqrt {- g} (R - 2\Lambda)}\). - 44.
With this signature, the proper-time is defined by \(d{\tau ^2} = - {g_{\mu \nu}}d{x^\mu}d{x^\nu}\).

- 45.
Note that, at 1PN, this weak-field metric can also be written as \({g_{00}} = - {e^{2\Phi/{c^2}}},{g_{ij}} = {e^{2\Psi/{c^2}}}{\delta _{ij}}\). Note also that Taylor expanding Eq. 70 yields

*S*_{pp}=*∫ m*(v^{2}/2 − Φ_{N}−*c*^{2})*dt*, so that the sum of the classical kinetic and internal actions for a point particle (see Eq. 13) are now lumped together into the matter action. - 46.
The derived lensing and dynamical masses are typically very close to each other but the data are not yet precise enough to ascertain that they are exactly identical.

- 47.
The frame associated to the Einstein metric is called the “Einstein frame” as opposed to the “matter frame” or “Jordan frame”, associated to the physical metric.

- 48.
k-essence fields have also recently been reintroduced as possible dark energy fluids, that could also drive inflation [20, 21, 92]. This name comes from the fact that their dynamics are dominated by their kinetic term

*f*(*X*) (in the case of RAQUAL, there is no potential at all), contrary to other dark energy models such as quintessence, in which the scalar field potential plays the crucial role. - 49.
Expressed in terms of

*U*_{μ}and its congugate momenta \({P^\mu} = \partial L/\partial {{\dot U}_\mu}\). - 50.
It is also important to remember that some interpolation functions (Section 6.2) are already excluded by solar system tests, and thus, it is useless to exclude these over and over again.

- 51.
- 52.
In the case of TeVeS and GEA theories, the dark fields do not really count as dark matter because their energy density is subdominant to the baryonic one.

- 53.
This is to be contrasted with the time-like nature of TeVeS and GEA vector fields in the static weak-field limit.

- 54.
And the current

*J*^{μ}is conserved, i.e.,*∇*_{μ}*ρ***J**^{μ}= 0 - 55.
It can be shown that only the projection perpendicular to the four-velocity enters the field equations deduced from the action of Eq. 100. Thus, the dipole moment is always fully space-like.

- 56.
- 57.
However, by this we do

*not*mean that the MOND lensing can be computed from the projected surface density on the lens-plane as in GR, because the convergence parameter (Eq. 113 below) is not a measure of the projected surface density anymore. This is also sometimes referred to as the “thin-lens approximation” in GR, and is*not*valid in MOND: two lenses with the same projected surface density can have different convergence parameters, because lensing also depends strongly on the distribution of the source mass along the line-of-sight in MOND. - 58.
- 59.
Note, however, that this is not

*always*the case in colliding clusters: Abell 520 actually provides a counterexample to the bullet cluster in which the mass peaks indicated by weak lensing do not behave as collisionless matter should [210]. - 60.
Even if BAO features are present at high redshift in MOND, it is not clear that low redshift structures will correlate with the ISW in the CMB as they should in conventional cosmology because of the late time non-linearity of MOND.

- 61.
Perhaps the most famous modern example of confirmation bias is in measurements of the Hubble constant [466], where over many years de Vaucouleurs persistently found

*H*_{0}≈ 100 km s^{−1}Mpc^{−1}while Sandage persistently found*H*_{0}≈ 50 km s^{−1}Mpc^{−1}. Then, as now, there was a conflation of data with theory: the lower value of*H*_{0}was more widely accepted because it was required for cosmology to be consistent with the ages of the oldest stars. - 62.
At

*ℓ*≈ 800, the third peak is only marginally resolved by WMAP. This scale is comparable to a single (frequency-dependent) beam size, and, as such, is extraordinarily sensitive to corrections for the instrumental point spread function [404]. - 63.
Determining agreement between independent observations requires that we believe not just the result (e.g., the value of

*H*_{0}from direct distance measurements) but also its uncertainty. The latter has always been challenging in astronomy, and the history of cosmology is replete with examples of results that were simply wrong. While we may have entered the era of precision cosmology, we have yet to reach an era when data are so accurate that we can hope to challenge cosmology with falsification if, for example, PLANCK data require*H*_{0}< 60 km s^{−1}Mpc^{−1}, while galaxy distances require*H*_{0}> 70 km s^{−1}Mpc^{−1}. - 64.
The third possibility actually means either non-local effects in non-local theories (Section 7.10), or the effect of additional fields in local modified gravity theories. The important difference with CDM is that these fields are not simply representative of collisionless massive particles, that their behavior is determined by the baryons in static configurations, and that they can be subdominant to the baryonic density. In theories where their energy density dominates that of baryons, these new fields then really act as dark matter in the early universe, which is also a possibility (see Section 7.6 and 7.9)

- 65.
In TeVeS, the perturbations of the scalar field also play an important role in generating enhanced growth [146].

- 66.
Ferreira’s talk, Alternative Gravities and Dark Matter Workshop, Edinburgh, April 2006.

- 67.
The ISW effect can be cast as the integral of − (Φ +Ψ)′ + 2Φ’, thus involving both a gravitational slip part and a growth rate part.

- 68.
- 69.
This means that, on surfaces of constant temperature, the densities of the various components (e.g. baryons, neutrinos, additional dark fields) are uniform, and that these components share a common velocity field.

- 70.
- 71.
The observed shock velocity of ∼ 4700 km/s is thought to be enhanced by hydrodynamical effects. The collision velocity is improbable

*after*a substantial (∼ 1700 km/s) correction for this [258].

## Notes

### Acknowledgements

The authors are grateful for stimulating conversations about the dark matter problem and MOND over the years, as well as for comments and help from: Garry Angus, Jean-Philippe Bruneton, Martin Feix, Gianfranco Gentile, HongSheng Zhao, Moti Milgrom, Rodrigo Ibata, Pavel Kroupa, Olivier Tiret, Dominique Aubert, Jacob Bekenstein, Olivier Bienaymé, James Binney, Luc Blanchet, Christian Boily, Greg Bothun, Laurent Chemin, Françoise Combes, Jörg Dabringhausen, Erwin de Blok, Gilles Esposito-Farése, Filippo Fraternali, André Füzfa, Alister Graham, Hosein Haghi, Anaëlle Halle, Xavier Hernandez, Jean Heyvaerts, Alex Ignatiev, Alain Jorissen, Frans Klinkhamer, Joachim Köppen, Rachel Kuzio de Naray, Claudio Llinares, Fabian Lüghausen, João Magueijo, Mario Mateo, Chris Mihos, Ivan Minchev, Mustapha Mouhcine, Carlo Nipoti, Adi Nusser, Marcel Pawlowski, Jan Pflamm-Altenburg, Tom Richtler, Paolo Salucci, Bob Sanders, James Schombert, Ylva Schuberth, Jerry Sellwood, Arnaud Siebert, Christos Siopis, Kristine Spekkens, Rob Swaters, Marc Verheijen, Matt Walker, Joe Wolf, Herve Wozniak, Xufen Wu, and many others. We also thank Frédéric Bournaud, Chuck Bennett, Douglas Clowe, Andrew Fruchter, Tom Jarrett, and, again, Garry Angus and Olivier Tiret, for allowing us to make use of their figures. We finally thank Clifford Will for inviting us to write this review. We acknowledge the support of the CNRS, the AvH foundation, and the NSF grant AST 0908370, and both acknowledge hospitality at Case Western Reserve University, where a substantial part of this review has been written.

### References

- [1]Aaltonen, T. et al. (CDF Collaboration), “Search for a Dark Matter Candidate Produced in Association with a Single Top Quark in \(p\bar p\) Collisions at \(\sqrt s = 1.96\,\,{\rm{TeV}}\)”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**108**, 201802, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1202.5653 [hep-ex]]. (Cited on page 13.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [2]Aaltonen, T. et al. (CDF Collaboration), “Search for Dark Matter in Events with One Jet and Missing Transverse Energy in \(p\bar p\) Collisions at \(\sqrt s = 1.96\,\,{\rm{TeV}}\)”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**108**, 211804, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1203.0742 [hep-ex]]. (Cited on page 13.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [3]Aaronson, M., Huchra, J. and Mould, J., “The infrared luminosity/H I velocity-width relation and its application to the distance scale”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**229**, 1–13, (1979). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 22.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [4]Abadi, M.G., Navarro, J.F., Steinmetz, M. and Eke, V.R., “Simulations of Galaxy Formation in a Λ Cold Dark Matter Universe. I. Dynamical and Photometric Properties of a Simulated Disk Galaxy”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**591**, 499–514, (2003). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0211331]. (Cited on page 16.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [5]Abramovici, A. and Vager, Z., “Test of Newton’s second law at small accelerations”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**34**, 3240–3241, (1986). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 44.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [6]Ackermann, M. et al. (Fermi-LAT Collaboration), “Constraining Dark Matter Models from a Combined Analysis of Milky Way Satellites with the Fermi Large Area Telescope”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**107**, 241302, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1108.3546 [astro-ph.HE]]. (Cited on page 13.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [7]Alimi, J.-M. and Füzfa, A., “The abnormally weighting energy hypothesis: the missing link between dark matter and dark energy”,
*J. Cosmol. Astropart. Phys.*,**2008**(09), 014, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0804.4100]. (Cited on page 14.)CrossRefGoogle Scholar - [8]Angus, G.W., “Dwarf spheroidals in MOND”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**387**, 1481–1488, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0804.3812]. (Cited on pages 78 and 119.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [9]Angus, G.W., “Is an 11 eV sterile neutrino consistent with clusters, the cosmic microwave background and modified Newtonian dynamics?”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**394**, 527–532, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0805.4014]. (Cited on pages 114, 115, 122, and 123.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [10]Angus, G.W. and Diaferio, A., “Resolving the timing problem of the globular clusters orbiting the Fornax dwarf galaxy”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**396**, 887–893, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0903.2874 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 81.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [11]Angus, G.W. and Diaferio, A., “The abundance of galaxy clusters in modified Newtonian dynamics: cosmological simulations with massive neutrinos”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**417**, 941–949, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1104.5040 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 49, 110, 115, 122, and 123.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [12]Angus, G.W., Famaey, B. and Buote, D.A., “X-ray group and cluster mass profiles in MOND: unexplained mass on the group scale”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**387**, 1470–1480, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0709.0108]. (Cited on pages 81, 82, and 85.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [13]Angus, G.W., Famaey, B. and Diaferio, A., “Equilibrium configurations of 11 eV sterile neutrinos in MONDian galaxy clusters”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**402**, 395–408, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0906.3322 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 85, 115, and 122.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [14]Angus, G.W., Famaey, B., Tiret, O., Combes, F. and Zhao, H.S., “The velocity distribution of Sloan Digital Sky Survey satellites in Modified Newtonian Dynamics”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**383**, L1–L4, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0709.1966]. (Cited on page 77.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [15]Angus, G.W., Famaey, B. and Zhao, H.S., “Can MOND take a bullet? Analytical comparisons of three versions of MOND beyond spherical symmetry”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**371**, 138–146, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0606216]. (Cited on pages 51 and 104.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [16]Angus, G.W. and McGaugh, S.S., “The collision velocity of the bullet cluster in conventional and modified dynamics”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**383**, 417–423, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0704.0381]. (Cited on pages 104, 110, 122, and 123.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [17]Angus, G.W., Shan, H.Y., Zhao, H.S. and Famaey, B., “On the Proof of Dark Matter, the Law of Gravity, and the Mass of Neutrinos”,
*Astrophys. J. Lett.*,**654**, L13–L16, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0609125]. (Cited on pages 104 and 106.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [18]Angus, G.W., van der Heyden, K.J., Famaey, B., Gentile, G., McGaugh, S.S. and de Blok, W.J.G., “A QUMOND galactic
*N*-body code — I. Poisson solver and rotation curve fitting”,*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**421**, 2598–2609, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1201.3185 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 58.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [19]Aprile, E. et al. (XENON100 Collaboration), “Dark Matter Results from 100 Live Days of XENON100 Data”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**107**, 131302, (2011). [DOI]. (Cited on page 13.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [20]Armendariz-Picon, C., Damour, T. and Mukhanov, V., “k-Inflation”,
*Phys. Lett. B*,**458**, 209–218, (1999). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:hep-th/9904075]. (Cited on page 89.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [21]Armendariz-Picon, C., Mukhanov, V. and Steinhardt, P.J., “Essentials of k-essence”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**63**, 103510, (2001). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0006373]. (Cited on page 89.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [22]Babichev, E., Deffayet, C. and Esposito-Farèse, G., “Improving relativistic modified Newtonian dynamics with Galileon k-mouflage”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**84**, 061502, (2011). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on pages 53, 57, 90, 91, 92, and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [23]Baer, H., Barger, V. and Mustafayev, A., “Neutralino dark matter in mSUGRA/CMSSM with a 125 GeV light Higgs scalar”,
*J. High Energy Phys.*,**2012**(5), 91, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1202.4038 [hep-ph]]. (Cited on pages 12 and 13.)CrossRefGoogle Scholar - [24]Bahcall, N.A., Lubin, L.M. and Dorman, V., “Where is the Dark Matter?”,
*Astrophys. J. Lett.*,**447**, L81–L85, (1995). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9506041]. (Cited on pages 9 and 83.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [25]Banerjee, A., Jog, C.J., Brinks, E. and Bagetakos, I., “Theoretical determination of H I vertical scale heights in the dwarf galaxies DDO 154, Ho II, IC 2574 and NGC 2366”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**415**, 687–694, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1103.4494 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 71 and 118.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [26]Barry, J., Rodejohann, W. and Zhang, H., “Light sterile neutrinos: models and phenomenology”,
*J. High Energy Phys.*,**7**, 91, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1105.3911 [hep-ph]]. (Cited on page 115.)ADSMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [27]Baumgardt, H., Grebel, E.K. and Kroupa, P., “Using distant globular clusters as a test for gravitational theories”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**359**, L1–L4, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0501272]. (Cited on page 80.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [28]Begeman, K.G., Broeils, A.H. and Sanders, R.H., “Extended rotation curves of spiral galaxies: dark haloes and modified dynamics”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**249**, 523–537, (1991). [ADS]. (Cited on pages 32, 33, 52, and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [29]Begum, A. and Chengalur, J.N., “Kinematics of the faintest gas-rich galaxy in the Local Group: DDO210”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**413**, 525–534, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0310138]. (Cited on page 63.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [30]Begum, A. and Chengalur, J.N., “Kinematics of two dwarf galaxies in the NGC6946 group”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**424**, 509–517, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0406211]. (Cited on page 63.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [31]Begum, A., Chengalur, J.N., Karachentsev, I.D. and Sharina, M.E., “Baryonic Tully-Fisher relation for extremely low mass Galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**386**, 138–144, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0801.3606]. (Cited on page 19.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [32]Bekenstein, J.D., “Phase coupling gravitation: Symmetries and gauge fields”,
*Phys. Lett. B*,**202**, 497–500, (1988). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [33]Bekenstein, J.D., “Relativistic gravitation theory for the modified Newtonian dynamics paradigm”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**70**, 083509, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0403694]. (Cited on pages 51, 90, 91, 92, 107, 108, and 109.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [34]Bekenstein, J., “The modified Newtonian dynamics — MOND and its implications for new physics”,
*Contemp. Phys.*,**47**, 387–403, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0701848]. (Cited on pages 6, 87, and 94.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [35]Bekenstein, J.D., “Alternatives to dark matter: Modified gravity as an alternative to dark matter”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2010). [ADS], [arXiv:1001.3876 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 87.)Google Scholar - [36]Bekenstein, J., “Tweaking general relativity: MOND relativistic gravity theory as a substitute for dark matter”, lecture notes, IAP, (2011). URL (accessed 19 April 2012): http://www.iap.fr/activites/seminaires/iap/2011/videos/bekenstein/bekenstein.html. (Cited on pages 46, 85, and 93.)
- [37]Bekenstein, J. and Magueijo, J., “Modified Newtonian dynamics habitats within the solar system”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**73**, 103513, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0602266]. (Cited on pages 57 and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [38]Bekenstein, J. and Milgrom, M., “Does the missing mass problem signal the breakdown of Newtonian gravity?”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**286**, 7–14, (1984). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on pages 44, 45, 53, 55, 89, and 90.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [39]Bekenstein, J.D. and Sagi, E., “Do Newton’s
*G*and Milgrom’s*a*_{0}vary with cosmological epoch?”,*Phys. Rev. D*,**77**, 103512, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0802.1526]. (Cited on page 91.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [40]Bekenstein, J.D. and Sanders, R.H., “Gravitational lenses and unconventional gravity theories”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**429**, 480–490, (1994). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9311062]. (Cited on page 90.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [41]Bekenstein, J.D. and Sanders, R.H., “TeVeS/MOND is in harmony with gravitational redshifts in galaxy clusters”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**421**, L59–L61, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1110.5048 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 50 and 105.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [42]Bell, E.F., McIntosh, D.H., Katz, N. and Weinberg, M.D., “A First Estimate of the Baryonic Mass Function of Galaxies”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**585**, L117–L120, (2003). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0301616]. (Cited on pages 9, 17, 19, 22, 31, 40, 60, 66, 118, and 119.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [43]Bernal, T., Capozziello, S., Cristofano, G. and De Laurentis, M., “MOND’s acceleration scale as a fundamental quantity”,
*Mod. Phys. Lett. A*,**26**, 2677–2687, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1110.2580 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 14.)ADSMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [44]Bershady, M.A., Verheijen, M.A.W., Swaters, R.A., Andersen, D.R., Westfall, K.B. and Martinsson, T., “The DiskMass Survey. I. Overview”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**716**, 198–233, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1004.4816 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 118.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [45]Bertolami, O., “What if … General Relativity is not the theory?”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2011). [ADS], [arXiv:1112.2048 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 5.)Google Scholar - [46]Bertone, G., “The moment of truth for WIMP dark matter”,
*Nature*,**468**, 389–393, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1011.3532 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 12.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [47]Bertone, G., Cumberbatch, D., Ruiz de Austri, R. and Trotta, R., “Dark Matter Searches: The Nightmare Scenario”,
*J. Cosmol. Astropart. Phys.*,**2012**(01), 004, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1107.5813 [astro-ph.HE]]. (Cited on page 12.)CrossRefGoogle Scholar - [48]Bertone, G., Hooper, D. and Silk, J., “Particle dark matter: evidence, candidates and constraints”,
*Phys. Rep.*,**405**, 279–390, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:hep-ph/0404175]. (Cited on page 12.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [49]Bevis, N., Magueijo, J., Trenkel, C. and Kemble, S., “MONDian three-body predictions for LISA Pathfinder”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**27**, 215014, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0912.0710 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 57.)MathSciNetMATHGoogle Scholar - [50]Bienaymé, O., Famaey, B., Wu, X., Zhao, H.S. and Aubert, D., “Galactic kinematics with modified Newtonian dynamics”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**500**, 801–805, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0904.3893 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on pages 45, 49, 68, 69, and 119.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [51]Binney, J., “Conference Summary”, in Ryder, S.D., Pisano, D.J., Walker, M.A. and Freeman, K.C., eds.,
*Dark Matter in Galaxies*, IAU Symposium 220, 21–25 July, 2003, Sydney, Australia, IAU Symposium, 220, pp. 3–13, (Astronomical Society of the Pacific, San Francisco, 2004). [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0310219]. (Cited on page 14.)Google Scholar - [52]Binney, J. and Tremaine, S.,
*Galactic Dynamics*, Princeton Series in Astrophysics, (Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ, 2008), 2nd edition. [ADS]. (Cited on pages 19, 31, and 44.)MATHGoogle Scholar - [53]Bissantz, N., Englmaier, P. and Gerhard, O., “Gas dynamics in the Milky Way: second pattern speed and large-scale morphology”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**340**, 949–968, (2003). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0212516]. (Cited on pages 67 and 68.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [54]Blais-Ouellette, S., Amram, P., Carignan, C. and Swaters, R., “Accurate determination of the mass distribution in spiral galaxies. Fabry-Perot imaging spectroscopy of 6 spiral galaxies”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**420**, 147–161, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0411001]. (Cited on pages 32 and 33.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [55]Blanchet, L., “Dipolar particles in general relativity”,
*Class. Quantum Grav.*,**24**, 3541–3570, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:gr-qc/0609121]. (Cited on page 96.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [56]Blanchet, L., “Gravitational polarization and the phenomenology of MOND”,
*Class. Quantum Grav.*,**24**, 3529–3539, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0605637]. (Cited on pages 36, 37, 44, and 96.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [57]Blanchet, L., “Modified gravity or modified matter?”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2009). [ADS], [arXiv:0902.1712]. (Cited on page 96.)Google Scholar - [58]Blanchet, L. and Le Tiec, A., “Model of dark matter and dark energy based on gravitational polarization”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**78**, 024031, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0804.3518]. (Cited on pages 96, 97, and 108.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [59]Blanchet, L. and Le Tiec, A., “Phenomenology of the Modified Newtonian Dynamics and the Concordance Cosmological Scenario”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2008). [ADS], [arXiv:0807.1200]. (Cited on page 96.)Google Scholar - [60]Blanchet, L. and Le Tiec, A., “Dipolar dark matter and dark energy”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**80**, 023524, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0901.3114 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 37, 96, and 108.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [61]Blanchet, L. and Marsat, S., “Modified gravity approach based on a preferred time foliation”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**84**, 044056, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1107.5264 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 94.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [62]Blanchet, L. and Novak, J., “External field effect of modified Newtonian dynamics in the Solar system”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**412**, 2530–2542, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1010.1349 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 53, 57, and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [63]Blanchet, L. and Novak, J., “Testing MOND in the Solar System”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2011). [ADS], [arXiv:1105.5815 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 57.)Google Scholar - [64]Blas, D., Pujolàs, O. and Sibiryakov, S., “Consistent Extension of Hořava Gravity”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**104**, 181302, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0909.3525 [hep-th]]. (Cited on page 94.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [65]Bonvin, C., Durrer, R., Ferreira, P.G., Starkman, G. and Zlosnik, T.G., “Generalized Einstein-Aether theories and the Solar System”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**77**, 024037, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0707.3519]. (Cited on pages 57 and 94.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [66]Boomsma, R., Oosterloo, T.A., Fraternali, F., van der Hulst, J.M. and Sancisi, R., “HI holes and high-velocity clouds in the spiral galaxy NGC 6946”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**490**, 555–570, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arrXiv:0807.3339]. (Cited on page 33.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [67]Bosma, A., “21-cm line studies of spiral galaxies. II. The distribution and kinematics of neutral hydrogen in spiral galaxies of various morphological types”,
*Astron. J.*,**86**, 1825–1846, (1981). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 7.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [68]Bottema, R., Pestaña, J.L.G., Rothberg, B. and Sanders, R.H., “MOND rotation curves for spiral galaxies with Cepheid-based distances”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**393**, 453–460, (2002). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0207469]. (Cited on pages 66 and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [69]Boulanger, N., Damour, T., Gualtieri, L. and Henneaux, M., “Inconsistency of interacting, multigraviton theories”,
*Nucl. Phys. B*,**597**, 127–171, (2001). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:hep-th/0007220]. (Cited on page 96.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [70]Bourliot, F., Ferreira, P.G., Mota, D.F. and Skordis, C., “Cosmological behavior of Bekenstein’s modified theory of gravity”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**75**, 063508, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0611255]. (Cited on page 108.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [71]Bournaud, F., Duc, P.-A. and Masset, F., “The large extent of dark matter haloes probed by the formation of tidal dwarf galaxies”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**411**, L469–L472, (2003). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0309812]. (Cited on page 73.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [72]Bournaud, F. et al., “Missing Mass in Collisional Debris from Galaxies”,
*Science*,**316**, 1166–1169, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0705.1356]. (Cited on pages 24, 73, and 74.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [73]Bovill, M.S. and Ricotti, M., “Where are the Fossils of the First Galaxies? II. True Fossils, Ghost Halos, and the Missing Bright Satellites”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**741**, 18, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1010.2233 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 15.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [74]Boylan-Kolchin, M., Bullock, J.S. and Kaplinghat, M., “Too big to fail? The puzzling darkness of massive Milky Way subhaloes”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**415**, L40–L44, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1103.0007 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 15.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [75]Boylan-Kolchin, M., Bullock, J.S. and Kaplinghat, M., “The Milky Way’s bright satellites as an apparent failure of ΛCDM”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**422**, 1203–1218, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1111.2048 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 15.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [76]Brada, R. and Milgrom, M., “Exact solutions and approximations of MOND fields of disc galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**276**, 453–459, (1995). [ADS]. (Cited on page 58.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [77]Brada, R. and Milgrom, M., “Stability of Disk Galaxies in the Modified Dynamics”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**519**, 590–598, (1999). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9811013]. (Cited on pages 26, 45, 69, 70, and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [78]Brada, R. and Milgrom, M., “Dwarf Satellite Galaxies in the Modified Dynamics”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**541**, 556–564, (2000). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0005194]. (Cited on pages 78, 79, and 119.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [79]Brada, R. and Milgrom, M., “The Modified Dynamics is Conducive to Galactic Warp Formation”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**531**, L21–L24, (2000). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0001146]. (Cited on page 71.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [80]Bruneton, J.-P., “Causality and superluminal behavior in classical field theories: Applications to k-essence theories and modified-Newtonian-dynamics-like theories of gravity”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**75**, 085013, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:gr-qc/0607055]. (Cited on pages 89 and 93.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [81]Bruneton, J.-P. and Esposito-Farèse, G., “Field-theoretical formulations of MOND-like gravity”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**76**, 124012, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0705.4043]. (Cited on pages 6, 52, 87, 90, 91, 92, 93, and 97.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [82]Bruneton, J.-P., Liberati, S., Sindoni, L. and Famaey, B., “Reconciling MOND and dark matter?”,
*J. Cosmol. Astropart. Phys.*,**2009**(03), 021, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0811.3143]. (Cited on pages 85, 93, and 96.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [83]Buchert, T., “Dark Energy from structure: a status report”,
*Gen. Relativ. Gravit.*,**40**, 467–527, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0707.2153 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 12.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [84]Calore, F., de Romeri, V. and Donato, F., “Conservative upper limits on WIMP annihilation cross section from Fermi-LAT gamma rays”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**85**, 023004, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1105.4230 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 13.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [85]Cappellari, M. et al., “The SAURON project — IV. The mass-to-light ratio, the virial mass estimator and the Fundamental Plane of elliptical and lenticular galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**366**, 1126–1150, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0505042]. (Cited on pages 24 and 25.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [86]Cardone, V.F., Angus, G., Diaferio, A., Tortora, C. and Molinaro, R., “The modified Newtonian dynamics Fundamental Plane”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**412**, 2617–2630, (2011). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 75.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [87]Cervantes-Cota, J.L. and Smoot, G., “Cosmology today — A brief review”, in Ureña-López, L.A., Aurelio Morales-Técotl, H., Linares-Romero, R., Santos-Rodríguez, E. and Estrada-Jiménez, S., eds.,
*VIII Workshop of the Gravitation and Mathematical Physics Division of the Mexican Physical Society*, Tuxtla Gutiérrez, Chiapas, Mexico, 22–26 November 2010, AIP Conference Proceedings, 1396, pp. 28–52, (American Institute of Physics, Melville, NY, 2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1107.1789 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 11.)Google Scholar - [88]Chemin, L., de Blok, W.J.G. and Mamon, G.A., “Improved Modeling of the Mass Distribution of Disk Galaxies by the Einasto Halo Model”,
*Astron. J.*,**142**, 109, (2011). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 16.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [89]Chemin, L. and Hernandez, O., “A slow bar in a dark matter dominated galaxy”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**499**, L25–L28, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0904.3442 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 16.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [90]Chen, D.-M., “Strong lensing probability in TeVeS (tensor-vector-scalar) theory”,
*J. Cosmol. Astropart. Phys.*,**2008**(01), 006, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0712.1633]. (Cited on pages 102 and 103.)CrossRefGoogle Scholar - [91]Chen, D.-M. and Zhao, H.S., “Strong Lensing Probability for Testing TeVeS Theory”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**650**, L9–L12, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0606506]. (Cited on page 102.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [92]Chiba, T., Okabe, T. and Yamaguchi, M., “Kinetically driven quintessence”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**62**, 023511, (2000). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9912463]. (Cited on page 89.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [93]Chiu, M.-C., Ko, C.-M. and Tian, Y., “Theoretical Aspects of Gravitational Lensing in TeVeS”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**636**, 565–574, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0507332]. (Cited on page 101.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [94]Chiu, M.-C., Ko, C.-M., Tian, Y. and Zhao, H.S., “Mass of galaxy lenses in modified gravity: Any need for dark mass?”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**83**, 063523, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1008.3114 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 102.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [95]Ciotti, L. and Binney, J., “Two-body relaxation in modified Newtonian dynamics”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**351**, 285–291, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0403020]. (Cited on pages 71 and 81.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [96]Ciotti, L., Londrillo, P. and Nipoti, C., “Axisymmetric and Triaxial MOND Density-Potential Pairs”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**640**, 741–750, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0512056]. (Cited on pages 45 and 69.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [97]Ciotti, L., Zhao, H.S. and de Zeeuw, T., “Separable triaxial potential-density pairs in modified Newtonian dynamics”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**422**, 2058–2071, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1202.1723 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 76.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [98]Clayton, M.A., “Causality, shocks and instabilities in vector field models of Lorentz symmetry breaking”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2001). [ADS], [arXiv:gr-qc/0104103]. (Cited on page 91.)Google Scholar - [99]Clifton, T., Bañados, M. and Skordis, C., “The parameterized post-Newtonian limit of bimetric theories of gravity”,
*Class. Quantum Grav.*,**27**, 235020, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1006.5619 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 57.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [100]Clifton, T., Ferreira, P.G., Padilla, A. and Skordis, C., “Modified Gravity and Cosmology”,
*Phys. Rep.*,**513**, 1–189, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1106.2476 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 6, 10, and 87.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [101]Clifton, T. and Zlosnik, T.G., “FRW cosmology in Milgrom’s bimetric theory of gravity”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**81**, 103525, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1002.1448 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 108 and 109.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [102]Clowe, D., Bradač, M., Gonzalez, A.H., Markevitch, M., Randall, S.W., Jones, C. and Zaritsky, D., “A Direct Empirical Proof of the Existence of Dark Matter”,
*Astrophys. J. Lett.*,**648**, L109–L113, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0608407]. (Cited on pages 103 and 106.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [103]Cole, S. et al. (2dFGRS Team), “The 2dF Galaxy Redshift Survey: power-spectrum analysis of the final data set and cosmological implications”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**362**, 505–534, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0501174]. (Cited on page 11.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [104]Combes, F. and Tiret, O., “MOND and the Galaxies”, in Alimi, J.-M. and Füzfa, A., eds.,
*Invisible Universe*, Proceedings of the Conference, 29 June–3 July 2009, Paris, France, AIP Conference Proceedings, 1241, pp. 154–161, (American Institute of Physics, Melville, NY, 2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0908.3289 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 70, 71, and 73.)Google Scholar - [105]Contaldi, C.R., Wiseman, T. and Withers, B., “TeVeS gets caught on caustics”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**78**, 044034, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0802.1215 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 91.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [106]Copeland, E.J., Sami, M. and Tsujikawa, S., “Dynamics of Dark Energy”,
*Int. J. Mod. Phys. D*,**15**, 1753–1935, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:hep-th/0603057]. (Cited on page 13.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [107]Copi, C.J., Schramm, D.N. and Turner, M.S., “Big-bang Nucleosynthesis and the Baryon Density of the Universe”,
*Science*,**267**, 192–199, (1995). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9407006]. (Cited on pages 9 and 113.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [108]Courteau, S., “Optical Rotation Curves and Linewidths for Tully-Fisher Applications”,
*Astron. J.*,**114**, 2402, (1997). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9709201]. (Cited on page 19.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [109]Courteau, S. and Rix, H.-W., “Maximal Disks and the Tully-Fisher Relation”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**513**, 561–571, (1999). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on pages 21, 22, 26, 27, and 119.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [110]Crispino, L.C.B., Higuchi, A. and Matsas, G.E.A., “The Unruh effect and its applications”,
*Rev. Mod. Phys.*,**80**, 787–838, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0710.5373 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 98.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [111]Cyburt, R.H., Fields, B.D. and Olive, K.A., “An update on the big bang nucleosynthesis prediction for
^{7}Li: the problem worsens”,*J. Cosmol. Astropart. Phys.*,**2008**(11), 012, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0808.2818]. (Cited on page 113.)CrossRefGoogle Scholar - [112]Dai, D.-C., Matsuo, R. and Starkman, G., “Gravitational lenses in generalized Einstein-aether theory: The bullet cluster”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**78**, 104004, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0806.4319 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on pages 86 and 104.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [113]Dai, D.-C., Matsuo, R. and Starkman, G., “Limited utility of Birkhoff’s theorem in modified Newtonian dynamics: Nonzero accelerations inside a shell”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**81**, 024041, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0811.1565]. (Cited on pages 76 and 104.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [114]Daigle, O., Carignan, C., Amram, P., Hernandez, O., Chemin, L., Balkowski, C. and Kennicutt Jr, R.C., “H
*α*kinematics of the SINGS nearby galaxies survey — I”,*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**367**, 469–512, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0601376]. (Cited on pages 32 and 33.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [115]Dalcanton, J.J., Spergel, D.N. and Summers, F.J., “The Formation of Disk Galaxies”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**482**, 659, (1997). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9611226]. (Cited on page 26.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [116]Davis, M., “The cosmological matter density”,
*Phys. Rep.*,**333**, 147–165, (2000). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on pages 9 and 111.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [117]de Bernardis, P. et al., “A flat Universe from high-resolution maps of the cosmic microwave background radiation”,
*Nature*,**404**, 955–959, (2000). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0004404]. (Cited on page 112.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [118]de Blok, W.J.G., “The Core-Cusp Problem”,
*Adv. Astron.*,**2010**, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0910.3538 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 16, 26, and 29.)Google Scholar - [119]de Blok, W.J.G. and McGaugh, S.S., “The dark and visible matter content of low surface brightness disc galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**290**, 533–552, (1997). [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9704274]. (Cited on page 34.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [120]de Blok, W.J.G. and McGaugh, S.S., “Testing Modified Newtonian Dynamics with Low Surface Brightness Galaxies: Rotation Curve FITS”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**508**, 132–140, (1998). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9805120]. (Cited on pages 34, 65, 66, and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [121]de Blok, W.J.G., Walter, F., Brinks, E., Trachternach, C., Oh, S.-H. and Kennicutt Jr, R.C., “High Resolution Rotation Curves and Galaxy Mass Models from THINGS”,
*Astron. J.*,**136**, 2648–2719, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0810.2100]. (Cited on page 64.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [122]DeDeo, S. and Psaltis, D., “Towards New Tests of Strong-Field Gravity with Measurements of Surface Atomic Line Redshifts from Neutron Stars”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**90**, 141101, (2003). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0302095]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [123]Deffayet, C., Esposito-Farèse, G. and Woodard, R.P., “Nonlocal metric formulations of MOND with sufficient lensing”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**84**, 124054, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1106.4984 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 98.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [124]Deul, E.R. and van der Hulst, J.M., “A survey of the neutral atomic hydrogen in M33”,
*Astron. Astrophys. Suppl.*,**67**, 509–539, (1987). [ADS]. (Cited on page 60.)ADSGoogle Scholar - [125]Diaz-Rivera, L.M., Samushia, L. and Ratra, B., “Inflation and accelerated expansion tensor-vector-scalar cosmological solutions”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**73**, 083503, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0601153]. (Cited on page 109.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [126]Diemand, J., Zemp, M., Moore, B., Stadel, J. and Carollo, C.M., “Cusps in cold dark matter haloes”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**364**, 665–673, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0504215]. (Cited on page 16.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [127]Dodelson, S., “The Real Problem with MOND”,
*Int. J. Mod. Phys. D*,**20**, 2749–2753, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1112.1320 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 111, 116, and 123.)ADSMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [128]Dodelson, S. and Liguori, M., “Can Cosmic Structure Form without Dark Matter?”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**97**, 231301, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0608602]. (Cited on pages 107 and 116.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [129]Donato, F. et al., “A constant dark matter halo surface density in galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**397**, 1169–1176, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0904.4054 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 30.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [130]Dubinski, J., Mihos, J.C. and Hernquist, L., “Constraining Dark Halo Potentials with Tidal Tails”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**526**, 607–622, (1999). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9902217]. (Cited on pages 71 and 121.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [131]Efstathiou, G., Lake, G. and Negroponte, J., “The stability and masses of disc galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**199**, 1069–1088, (1982). [ADS]. (Cited on page 24.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [132]Eggen, O.J., Lynden-Bell, D. and Sandage, A.R., “Evidence from the motions of old stars that the Galaxy collapsed”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**136**, 748, (1962). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 7.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [133]Einasto, J., “On constructing models of stellar systems. V. The binomial model”,
*Publ. Tartu Astr. Obs.*,**36**, 414–441, (1968). [ADS]. (Cited on page 16.)ADSGoogle Scholar - [134]Eisenstein, D.J. et al., “Detection of the Baryon Acoustic Peak in the Large-Scale Correlation Function of SDSS Luminous Red Galaxies”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**633**, 560–574, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0501171]. (Cited on page 11.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [135]Eisenstein, D.J. et al., “Detection of the Baryon Acoustic Peak in the Large-Scale Correlation Function of SDSS Luminous Red Galaxies”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**633**, 560–574, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0501171]. (Cited on page 111.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [136]Esposito-Farèse, G., “Motion in Alternative Theories of Gravity”, in Blanchet, L., Spallicci, A. and Whiting, B., eds.,
*Mass and Motion in General Relativity*, Lectures from the CNRS School on Mass held in Orléans, France, 23–25 June 2008, Fundamental Theories of Physics, 162, pp. 461–489, (Springer, Dordrecht; New York, 2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0905.2575 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on pages 87 and 97.)Google Scholar - [137]Evrard, A.E., Metzler, C.A. and Navarro, J.F., “Mass Estimates of X-Ray Clusters”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**469**, 494, (1996). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9510058]. (Cited on page 82.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [138]Exirifard, Q., “Lunar system constraints on the modified theories of gravity”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2011). [ADS], [arXiv:1112.4652 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 57.)Google Scholar - [139]Famaey, B., Angus, G.W., Gentile, G., Shan, H.Y. and Zhao, H.S., “The Wedding of Modified Dynamics and Non-Exotic Dark Matter in Galaxy Clusters”, in Klapdor-Kleingrothaus, H.V. and Lewis, G.F., eds.,
*Dark Matter in Astroparticle and Particle Physics (Dark 2007)*, Proceedings of the 6th International Heidelberg Conference, University of Sydney, Australia, 24–28 September 2007, pp. 393–401, (World Scientific, Singapore; Hackensack, NJ, 2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0706.1279]. (Cited on page 105.)CrossRefGoogle Scholar - [140]Famaey, B. and Bienaymé, O., “Testing gravity in the Milky Way with Gaia”, in Heydari-Malayeri, M., Reylé, C. and Samadi, R., eds.,
*Proceedings SF2A 2009*, 29 June–3 July 2009, Besançon, France, pp. 49–51, (Centre d’Etude Spatiale des Rayonnements, Toulouse, 2009). [ADS]. URL (accessed 19 April 2012): http://sf2a.cesr.fr/2009/proceedings2009.html. (Cited on page 68.)Google Scholar - [141]Famaey, B. and Binney, J., “Modified Newtonian dynamics in the Milky Way”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**363**, 603–608, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0506723]. (Cited on pages 50, 53, 57, and 67.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [142]Famaey, B. and Binney, J., “Testing the MOND formula in the Galaxy”, in Mamon, G.A., Combes, F., Deffayet, C. and Fort, B., eds.,
*Mass Profiles and Shapes of Cosmological Structures*, 21st IAP Colloquium, Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris, France, July 4–9, 2005, EAS Publications Series, 20, pp. 277–278, (Cambridge University Press / EDP Sciences, Cambridge; New York / Les Ulis, 2006). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 67.)Google Scholar - [143]Famaey, B. and Bruneton, J.-P., “Non-Standard Baryon-Dark Matter Interactions”, in Klapdor-Kleingrothaus, H.V. and Krivosheina, I.V., eds.,
*Dark Matter in Astrophysics and Particle Physics (Dark 2009)*, Proceedings of the 7th International Heidelberg Conference on Dark 2009, Christchurch, New Zealand, 18–24 January 2009, pp. 335–343, (World Scientific, Singapore; Hackensack, NJ, 2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0906.0578 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on pages 85 and 93.)Google Scholar - [144]Famaey, B., Bruneton, J.-P. and Zhao, H.S., “Escaping from modified Newtonian dynamics”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**377**, L79–L82, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0702275]. (Cited on page 69.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [145]Famaey, B., Gentile, G., Bruneton, J.-P. and Zhao, H.S., “Insight into the baryon-gravity relation in galaxies”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**75**, 063002, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0611132]. (Cited on pages 50, 51, 52, 54, 58, 91, and 102.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [146]Feix, M., “Revisiting metric perturbations in tensor-vector-scalar theory”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2012). [ADS], [arXiv:1203.2891 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 116.)Google Scholar - [147]Feix, M., Fedeli, C. and Bartelmann, M., “Asymmetric gravitational lenses in TeVeS and application to the bullet cluster”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**480**, 313–325, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0707.0790]. (Cited on pages 45, 69, and 104.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [148]Feix, M., Xu, D., Shan, H., Famaey, B., Limousin, M., Zhao, H.S. and Taylor, A., “Is Gravitational Lensing by Intercluster Filaments Always Negligible?”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**682**, 711–720, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0710.4935]. (Cited on page 107.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [149]Feix, M., Zhao, H.S., Fedeli, C., Pestaña, J.L.G. and Hoekstra, H., “Substructure lensing in galaxy clusters as a constraint on low-mass sterile neutrinos in tensor-vector-scalar theory: The straight arc of Abell 2390”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**82**, 124003, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1008.1963 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 105.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [150]Felten, J.E., “Milgrom’s revision of Newton’s laws: Dynamical and cosmological consequences”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**286**, 3–6, (1984). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 42.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [151]Ferreira, P.G. and Starkman, G.D., “Einstein Theory of Gravity and the Problem of Missing Mass”,
*Science*,**326**, 812, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0911.1212 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 6, 108, and 116.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [152]Ferreras, I., Mavromatos, N.E., Sakellariadou, M. and Yusaf, M.F., “Incompatibility of rotation curves with gravitational lensing for TeVeS theory”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**80**, 103506, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0907.1463 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 102.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [153]Ferreras, I., Sakellariadou, M. and Yusaf, M.F., “Necessity of Dark Matter in Modified Newtonian Dynamics within Galactic Scales”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**100**, 031302, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0709.3189]. (Cited on page 102.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [154]Fienga, A., Laskar, J., Kuchynka, P., Le Poncin-Lafitte, C., Manche, H. and Gastineau, M., “Gravity tests with INPOP planetary ephemerides”, in Klioner, S.A., Seidelmann, P.K. and Soffel, M.H., eds.,
*Relativity in Fundamental Astronomy: Dynamics, Reference Frames, and Data Analysis*, Proceedings IAU Symposium No. 261, April 27–May 1, 2009, Virginia Beach, VA, USA, Proc. IAU, 261, pp. 159–169, (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; New York, 2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0906.3962 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on pages 51 and 57.)Google Scholar - [155]Flynn, C., Holmberg, J., Portinari, L., Fuchs, B. and Jahreiß, H., “On the mass-to-light ratio of the local Galactic disc and the optical luminosity of the Galaxy”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**372**, 1149–1160, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0608193]. (Cited on pages 67 and 68.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [156]Freeman, K.C., “On the Disks of Spiral and so Galaxies”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**160**, 811, (1970). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on pages 22 and 24.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [157]Freeman, K.C., “Historical Introduction”, in Davies, J.I., Impey, C. and Phillips, S., eds.,
*The Low Surface Brightness Universe*, IAU Colloquium 171, ASP Conference Series, 170, p. 3, (Astronomical Society of the Pacific, San Francisco, 1999). [ADS]. (Cited on page 19.)Google Scholar - [158]Frieman, J.A., Turner, M.S. and Huterer, D., “Dark Energy and the Accelerating Universe”,
*Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys.*,**46**, 385–432, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0803.0982]. (Cited on page 13.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [159]Fuchs, B., “Massive disks in low surface brightness galaxies”,
*Astrophys. Space Sci.*,**284**, 719–722, (2003). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0209157]. (Cited on pages 71 and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [160]Fukugita, M. and Peebles, P.J.E., “The Cosmic Energy Inventory”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**616**, 643–668, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0406095]. (Cited on page 83.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [161]Galianni, P., Feix, M., Zhao, H.S. and Horne, K., “Testing quasilinear modified Newtonian dynamics in the Solar System”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2011). [ADS], [arXiv:1111.6681 [astro-ph.EP]]. (Cited on page 57.)Google Scholar - [162]Gentile, G., “MOND and the Universal Rotation Curve: Similar Phenomenologies”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**684**, 1018–1025, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0805.1731]. (Cited on page 39.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [163]Gentile, G., Baes, M., Famaey, B. and van Acoleyen, K., “Mass models from high-resolution HI data of the dwarf galaxy NGC 1560”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**406**, 2493–2503, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1004.3421 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 32 and 33.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [164]Gentile, G., Famaey, B., Angus, G. and Kroupa, P., “Current data on the globular cluster Palomar 14 are consistent with MOND”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**509**, A97, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0911.4485 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 80.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [165]Gentile, G., Famaey, B., Combes, F., Kroupa, P., Zhao, H.S. and Tiret, O., “Tidal dwarf galaxies as a test of fundamental physics”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**472**, L25–L28, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0706.1976]. (Cited on pages 24, 73, 74, 118, and 121.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [166]Gentile, G., Famaey, B. and de Blok, W.J.G., “THINGS about MOND”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**527**, A76, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1011.4148 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 50, 53, 57, 59, 64, 66, 118, and 120.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [167]Gentile, G., Famaey, B., Zhao, H. and Salucci, P., “Universality of galactic surface densities within one dark halo scale-length”,
*Nature*,**461**, 627–628, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0909.5203 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 26, 30, and 39.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [168]Gentile, G., Salucci, P., Klein, U. and Granato, G.L., “NGC 3741: the dark halo profile from the most extended rotation curve”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**375**, 199–212, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0611355]. (Cited on pages 58 and 59.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [169]Gentile, G., Salucci, P., Klein, U., Vergani, D. and Kalberla, P., “The cored distribution of dark matter in spiral galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**351**, 903–922, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0403154]. (Cited on pages 16 and 26.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [170]Gerbal, D., Durret, F., Lima-Neto, G. and Lachièze-Rey, M., “Physical and dynamical properties of two clusters of galaxies derived from X-ray data”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**253**, 77–88, (1992). [ADS]. (Cited on page 81.)ADSGoogle Scholar - [171]Gerhard, O., Kronawitter, A., Saglia, R.P. and Bender, R., “Dynamical Family Properties and Dark Halo Scaling Relations of Giant Elliptical Galaxies”,
*Astron. J.*,**121**, 1936–1951, (2001). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0012381]. (Cited on pages 76 and 77.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [172]Geringer-Sameth, Alex and Koushiappas, Savvas M., “Exclusion of Canonical Weakly Interacting Massive Particles by Joint Analysis of Milky Way Dwarf Galaxies with Data from the Fermi Gamma-Ray Space Telescope”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**107**, 241303, (2011). [DOI]. (Cited on page 13.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [173]Giannios, D., “Spherically symmetric, static spacetimes in a tensor-vector-scalar theory”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**71**, 103511, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:gr-qc/0502122]. (Cited on pages 57 and 92.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [174]Gibbons, G.W. and Hawking, S.W., “Cosmological event horizons, thermodynamics, and particle creation”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**15**, 2738–2751, (1977). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 98.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [175]Giodini, S. et al. (COSMOS Collaboration), “Stellar and Total Baryon Mass Fractions in Groups and Clusters Since Redshift 1”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**703**, 982–993, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0904.0448 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 9, 83, and 122.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [176]Governato, F. et al., “Bulgeless dwarf galaxies and dark matter cores from supernova-driven outflows”,
*Nature*,**463**, 203–206, (2010). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on pages 16 and 29.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [177]Graham, A.W., Merritt, D., Moore, B., Diemand, J. and Terzić, B., “Empirical models for dark matter halos. II. Inner profile slopes, dynamical profiles, and
*ρ*/*σ*^{3}”,*Astron. J.*,**132**, 2701–2710, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0608613]. (Cited on page 16.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [178]Graham, A.W. and Worley, C.C., “Inclination- and dust-corrected galaxy parameters: bulge-to-disc ratios and size-luminosity relations”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**388**, 1708–1728, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0805.3565]. (Cited on page 17.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [179]Gundlach, J.H., Schlamminger, S., Spitzer, C.D., Choi, K.-Y., Woodahl, B.A., Coy, J.J. and Fischbach, E., “Laboratory Test of Newton’s Second Law for Small Accelerations”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**98**, 150801, (2007). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 44.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [180]Gurovich, S., Freeman, K., Jerjen, H., Staveley-Smith, L. and Puerari, I., “The Slope of the Baryonic Tully-Fisher Relation”,
*Astron. J.*,**140**, 663–676, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1004.4365 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 19.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [181]Haghi, H., Baumgardt, H. and Kroupa, P., “Distant star clusters of the Milky Way in MOND”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**527**, A33, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1101.1952 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 80.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [182]Haghi, H., Baumgardt, H., Kroupa, P., Grebel, E.K., Hilker, M. and Jordi, K., “Testing fundamental physics with distant star clusters: theoretical models for pressure-supported stellar systems”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**395**, 1549–1557, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0902.1846 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 80.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [183]Halle, A., Zhao, H.S. and Li, B., “A Nonuniform Dark Energy Fluid: Perturbation Equations”,
*Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser.*,**177**, 1–13, (2008). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on pages 87 and 94.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [184]Hao, J.G. and Akhoury, R., “A Possible Late Time ΛCDM-Like Background Cosmology in Relativistic MOND Theory”,
*Int. J. Mod. Phys. D*,**18**, 1039–1048, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0504130]. (Cited on page 109.)ADSMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [185]Hees, A. et al., “Radioscience simulations in General Relativity and in alternative theories of gravity”,
*arXiv*, e-print, (2011). [ADS], [arXiv:1105.5927 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 57.)Google Scholar - [186]Hernandez, X., “Probabilistic distributions of M/L values for ultrafaint dwarf spheroidal galaxies: stochastic samplings of the initial mass function”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**420**, 1183–1187, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1111.0592 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 79.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [187]Hernandez, X. and Jiménez, M.A., “The outskirts of globular clusters as modified gravity probes”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**750**, 9, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1108.4021 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 80.)CrossRefGoogle Scholar - [188]Hernandez, X., Jiménez, M.A. and Allen, C., “Wide binaries as a critical test of Classical Gravity”,
*Eur. Phys. J. C*,**72**, 1884, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1105.1873 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 56.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [189]Hernandez, X., Mendoza, S., Suarez, T. and Bernal, T., “Understanding local dwarf spheroidals and their scaling relations under Modified Newtonian Dynamics”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**514**, A101, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0904.1434 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 78.)ADSMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [190]Hibbard, J.E., van der Hulst, J.M., Barnes, J.E. and Rich, R.M., “High-Resolution H I Mapping of NGC 4038/39 (‘The Antennae’) and Its Tidal Dwarf Galaxy Candidates”,
*Astron. J.*,**122**, 2969–2992, (2001). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0110581]. (Cited on page 73.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [191]Ho, C.M., Minic, D. and Ng, Y.J., “Cold dark matter with MOND scaling”,
*Phys. Lett. B*,**693**, 567–570, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1005.3537 [hep-th]]. (Cited on page 99.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [192]Ho, C.M., Minic, D. and Ng, Y.J., “Quantum Gravity and Dark Matter”,
*Int. J. Mod. Phys. D*,**20**, 2887–2893, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1105.2916 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 99.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [193]Hoekstra, H., van Albada, T.S. and Sancisi, R., “On the apparent coupling of neutral hydrogen and dark matter in spiral galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**323**, 453–459, (2001). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0010569]. (Cited on page 34.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [194]Holmberg, J. and Flynn, C., “The local surface density of disc matter mapped by Hipparcos”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**352**, 440–446, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0405155]. (Cited on pages 7 and 69.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [195]Hořava, P., “Quantum gravity at a Lifshitz point”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**79**, 084008, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0901.3775 [hep-th]]. (Cited on page 94.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [196]Horwitz, L., Gershon, A. and Schiffer, M., “Hamiltonian Map to Conformal Modification of Spacetime Metric: Kaluza-Klein and TeVeS”,
*Found. Phys.*,**41**, 141–157, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0907.4242 [math-ph]]. (Cited on page 91.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [197]Huchra, J., Gorenstein, M., Kent, S., Shapiro, I., Smith, G., Horine, E. and Perley, R., “2237+0305: A New and Unusual Gravitational Lens”,
*Astron. J.*,**90**, 691–696, (1985). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 102.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [198]Ibata, R.A., Gilmore, G. and Irwin, M.J., “A dwarf satellite galaxy in Sagittarius”,
*Nature*,**370**, 194–196, (1994). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 68.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [199]Ibata, R., Sollima, A., Nipoti, C., Bellazzini, M., Chapman, S.C. and Dalessandro, E., “The Globular Cluster NGC 2419: A Crucible for Theories of Gravity”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**738**, 186, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1106.4909 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 80 and 121.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [200]Ibata, R., Sollima, A., Nipoti, C., Bellazzini, M., Chapman, S.C. and Dalessandro, E., “Polytropic Model Fits to the Globular Cluster NGC 2419 in Modified Newtonian Dynamics”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**743**, 43, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1110.3892 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 80.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [201]Ignatiev, A.Y., “Is Violation of Newton’s Second Law Possible?”,
*Phys. Rev. Lett.*,**98**, 101101, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:gr-qc/0612159]. (Cited on page 44.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [202]Ignatiev, A.Y., “Newton’s second law versus modified-inertia MOND: A test using the high-latitude effect”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**77**, 102001, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0802.1599 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 44.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [203]Iorio, L., “Constraining MOND with Solar System Dynamics”,
*J. Grav. Phys.*,**2**, 26–32, (2008). [ADS], [arXiv:0711.2791 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 57.)Google Scholar - [204]Isham, C.J., Salam, A. and Strathdee, J., “
*f*-Dominance of Gravity”,*Phys. Rev. D*,**3**, 867–873, (1971). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 95.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [205]Isham, C.J. and Storey, D., “Exact spherically symmetric classical solutions for the
*f-g*theory of gravity”,*Phys. Rev. D*,**18**, 1047–1052, (1978). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 95.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [206]Jacobson, T., “Einstein-aether gravity: a status report”, in
*From Quantum to Emergent Gravity: Theory and Phenomenology*, June 11–15 2007, Trieste, Italy, Proceedings of Science, PoS(QG-Ph)020, (SISSA, Trieste, 2008). [ADS], [arXiv:0801.1547 [gr-qc]]. URL (accessed 17 July 2012): http://pos.sissa.it/cgi-bin/reader/conf.cgi?confid=43. (Cited on pages 91 and 94.)Google Scholar - [207]Jacobson, T. and Mattingly, D., “Gravity with a dynamical preferred frame”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**64**, 024028, (2001). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:gr-qc/0007031]. (Cited on pages 91 and 94.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [208]Jaffe, W., “A simple model for the distribution of light in spherical galaxies”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**202**, 995–999, (1983). [ADS]. (Cited on page 76.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [209]Jarrett, T.H., Chester, T., Cutri, R., Schneider, S.E. and Huchra, J.P., “The 2MASS Large Galaxy Atlas”,
*Astron. J.*,**125**, 525–554, (2003). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on pages 31 and 32.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [210]Jee, M.J., Mahdavi, A., Hoekstra, H., Babul, A., Dalcanton, J.J., Carroll, P. and Capak, P., “A Study of the Dark Core in A520 with the Hubble Space Telescope: The Mystery Deepens”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**747**, 96, (2012). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1202.6368 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 104.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [211]Jee, M.J. et al., “Discovery of a Ringlike Dark Matter Structure in the Core of the Galaxy Cluster Cl 0024+17”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**661**, 728–749, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0705.2171]. (Cited on pages 104 and 105.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [212]Jordi, K. et al., “Testing Fundamental Physics with Distant Star Clusters: Analysis of Observational Data on Palomar 14”,
*Astron. J.*,**137**, 4586–4596, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0903.4448 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 80.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [213]Kahn, F.D. and Woltjer, L., “Intergalactic Matter and the Galaxy”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**130**, 705, (1959). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 9.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [214]Kahya, E.O., “A decisive test to confirm or rule out the existence of dark matter emulators using gravitational wave observations”,
*Class. Quantum Grav.*,**25**, 184008, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0801.1984 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [215]Kahya, E.O., “A useful guide for gravitational wave observers to test modified gravity models”,
*Phys. Lett. B*,**701**, 291–295, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1001.0725 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [216]Kahya, E.O. and Woodard, R.P., “A generic test of modified gravity models which emulate dark matter”,
*Phys. Lett. B*,**652**, 213–216, (2007). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0705.0153]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [217]Kalirai, J.S. et al., “The SPLASH Survey: Internal Kinematics, Chemical Abundances, and Masses of the Andromeda I, II, III, VII, X, and XIV Dwarf Spheroidal Galaxies”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**711**, 671–692, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0911.1998]. (Cited on page 7.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [218]Kaplinghat, M. and Turner, M., “How Cold Dark Matter Theory Explains Milgrom’s Law”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**569**, L19–L22, (2002). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0107284]. (Cited on pages 37 and 39.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [219]Karachentsev, I.D., Sharina, M.E., Dolphin, A.E. and Grebel, E.K., “Distances to nearby galaxies around IC 342”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**408**, 111–118, (2003). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 59.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [220]Karachentsev, I.D., Sharina, M.E. and Huchtmeier, W.K., “A group of galaxies around the giant spiral NGC 6946”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**362**, 544–556, (2000). [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0010148]. (Cited on page 59.)ADSGoogle Scholar - [221]Kashlinsky, A., Atrio-Barandela, F., Kocevski, D. and Ebeling, H., “A Measurement of Large-Scale Peculiar Velocities of Clusters of Galaxies: Results and Cosmological Implications”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**686**, L49–L52, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0809.3734]. (Cited on pages 14 and 122.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [222]Kautsch, S.J., Grebel, E.K., Barazza, F.D. and Gallagher, J.S., “A catalog of edge-on disk galaxies. From galaxies with a bulge to superthin galaxies”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**445**, 765–778, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0509294]. (Cited on page 17.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [223]Kent, S.M., “Dark matter in spiral galaxies. II. Galaxies with H I rotation curves”,
*Astron. J.*,**93**, 816–832, (1987). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 52.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [224]Klinkhamer, F.R. and Kopp, M., “Entropic gravity, minimum temperature, and modified Newtonian dynamics”,
*Mod. Phys. Lett. A*,**26**, 2783–2791, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1104.2022 [hep-th]]. (Cited on page 99.)ADSMathSciNetMATHCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [225]Klypin, A. and Prada, F., “Testing Gravity With Motion of Satellites Around Galaxies: Newtonian Gravity Against Modified Newtonian Dynamics”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**690**, 1488–1496, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0706.3554]. (Cited on pages 76 and 77.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [226]Knebe, A., Llinares, C., Wu, X. and Zhao, H.S., “On the Separation Between Baryonic and Dark Matter: Evidence for Phantom Dark Matter?”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**703**, 2285–2290, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0908.3480 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 49 and 110.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [227]Kneib, J.-P., Ellis, R.S., Smail, I., Couch, W.J. and Sharples, R.M., “Hubble Space Telescope Observations of the Lensing Cluster Abell 2218”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**471**, 643–656, (1996). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/9511015]. (Cited on page 9.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [228]Koda, J., Milosavljević, M. and Shapiro, P.R., “On the Survival and Abundance of Disk-dominated Galaxies”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**696**, 254–260, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0711.3014]. (Cited on page 17.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [229]Komatsu, E. et al., “Seven-year Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP) Observations: Cosmological Interpretation”,
*Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser.*,**192**, 18, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1001.4538 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 10, 11, 12, 18, 109, 110, 112, and 114.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [230]Koposov, S.E. et al., “Accurate Stellar Kinematics at Faint Magnitudes: Application to the Boötes I Dwarf Spheroidal Galaxy”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**736**, 146, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1105.4102 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 79.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [231]Kormendy, J., Drory, N., Bender, R. and Cornell, M.E., “Bulgeless Giant Galaxies Challenge Our Picture of Galaxy Formation by Hierarchical Clustering”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**723**, 54–80, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1009.3015 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 17.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [232]Kourkchi, E., Khosroshahi, H.G., Carter, D. and Mobasher, B., “Dwarf galaxies in the Coma cluster — II. Spectroscopic and photometric fundamental planes”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**420**, 2835–2850, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1110.2648 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 25.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [233]Kowalski-Glikman, J. and Smolin, L., “Triply special relativity”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**70**, 065020, (2004). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:hep-th/0406276]. (Cited on pages 14 and 99.)ADSMathSciNetCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [234]Kraus, C. et al., “Final results from phase II of the Mainz neutrino mass search in tritium
*β*decay”,*Eur. Phys. J. C*,**40**, 447–468, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:hep-ex/0412056]. (Cited on pages 84, 115, and 116.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [235]Kravtsov, A.V. and Gnedin, O.Y., “Formation of Globular Clusters in Hierarchical Cosmology”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**623**, 650–665, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0305199]. (Cited on page 80.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [236]Kregel, M., van der Kruit, P.C. and Freeman, K.C., “Structure and kinematics of edge-on galaxy discs — V. The dynamics of stellar discs”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**358**, 503–520, (2005). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0501503]. (Cited on page 31.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [237]Kroupa, P., “Dwarf spheroidal satellite galaxies without dark matter”,
*New Astronomy*,**2**, 139–164, (1997). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 79.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [238]Kroupa, P. and Pawlowski, M.S., “The Dark Matter Crisis: The Rise and Fall of a Cosmological Hypothesis”, personal homepage, SciLogs / Spektrum der Wissenschaft. URL (accessed 19 April 2012): http://www.scilogs.eu/en/blog/the-dark-matter-crisis. (Cited on page 6.)
- [239]Kroupa, P. et al., “Local-Group tests of dark-matter concordance cosmology. Towards a new paradigm for structure formation?”,
*Astron. Astrophys.*,**523**, A32, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1006.1647 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 15, 16, 71, 75, 77, and 110.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [240]Kuijken, K. and Gilmore, G., “The mass distribution in the galactic disc — II. Determination of the surface mass density of the galactic disc near the Sun”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**239**, 605–649, (1989). [ADS]. (Cited on page 7.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [241]Kuzio de Naray, R., McGaugh, S.S. and de Blok, W.J.G., “Mass Models for Low Surface Brightness Galaxies with High-Resolution Optical Velocity Fields”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**676**, 920–943, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0712.0860]. (Cited on pages 26, 29, 65, 66, 71, and 118.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [242]Kuzio de Naray, R., McGaugh, S.S., de Blok, W.J.G. and Bosma, A., “High-Resolution Optical Velocity Fields of 11 Low Surface Brightness Galaxies”,
*Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser.*,**165**, 461–479, (2006). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0604576]. (Cited on pages 63, 65, and 66.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [243]Kuzio de Naray, R., McGaugh, S.S. and Mihos, J.C., “Constraining the NFW Potential with Observations and Modeling of Low Surface Brightness Galaxy Velocity Fields”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**692**, 1321–1332, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0810.5118]. (Cited on pages 26 and 29.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [244]Lasky, P.D., “Black holes and neutron stars in the generalized tensor-vector-scalar theory”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**80**, 081501, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0910.0240 [astro-ph.HE]]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [245]Lasky, P.D., “Black Holes and Neutron Stars in Tensor-Vector-Scalar Theory”,
*J. Phys.: Conf. Ser.*,**283**(1), 012019, (2011). [DOI], [ADS]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSGoogle Scholar - [246]Lasky, P.D. and Doneva, D.D., “Stability and quasinormal modes of black holes in tensor-vector-scalar theory: Scalar field perturbations”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**82**, 124068, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1011.0747 [gr-qc]]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [247]Lasky, P.D., Sotani, H. and Giannios, D., “Structure of neutron stars in tensor-vector-scalar theory”,
*Phys. Rev. D*,**78**, 104019, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0811.2006]. (Cited on page 92.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [248]Law, D.R. and Majewski, S.R., “The Sagittarius Dwarf Galaxy: A Model for Evolution in a Triaxial Milky Way Halo”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**714**, 229–254, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1003.1132 [astro-ph.GA]]. (Cited on page 68.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [249]Lee, J. and Komatsu, E., “Bullet Cluster: A Challenge to ΛCDM Cosmology”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**718**, 60–65, (2010). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1003.0939 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 14, 104, and 122.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [250]Llinares, C., Knebe, A. and Zhao, H.S., “Cosmological structure formation under MOND: a new numerical solver for Poisson’s equation”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**391**, 1778–1790, (2008). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0809.2899]. (Cited on pages 45, 69, 110, and 123.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [251]Llinares, C., Zhao, H.S. and Knebe, A., “Physics of Galactic Colliders: High-Speed Satellites in ΛCDM Versus Mondian Cosmology”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**695**, L145–L148, (2009). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:0902.3010 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on page 110.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [252]Lovell, M. et al., “The Haloes of Bright Satellite Galaxies in a Warm Dark Matter Universe”,
*Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc.*,**420**, 2318–2324, (2011). [DOI], [ADS], [arXiv:1104.2929 [astro-ph.CO]]. (Cited on pages 12 and 15.)ADSCrossRefGoogle Scholar - [253]Lüghausen, F., Famaey, B., Kroupa, P., Angus, G., Combes, F., Gentile, G., Tiret, O. and Zhao, H., “Polar ring galaxies as tests of gravity”, submitted, (2012). (Cited on page 49.)Google Scholar
- [254]Macri, L.M., Stetson, P.B., Bothun, G.D., Freedman, W.L., Garnavich, P.M., Jha, S., Madore, B.F. and Richmond, M.W., “The Discovery of Cepheids and a New Distance to NGC 2841 Using the Hubble Space Telescope”,
*Astrophys. J.*,**559**, 243–259, (2001). [ADS], [arXiv:astro-ph/0105491]. (Cited on page 66.)